Quarterlytics / Industrials / Electrical Equipment & Parts / Ultralife Corporation

Ultralife Corporation

ulbi · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ulbi
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Electrical Equipment & Parts
Employees 671
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · Ultralife Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
PERFORMANCE GRAPH 

The  graph  below  matches  our  cumulative  five-year  total  shareholder  return  on  common 
stock with the cumulative total returns of the Nasdaq U.S. Index and the Nasdaq Electronic 
Components Index.  The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common 
stock and in each of the indexes from December 31, 2005 to December 31, 2010. 

Comparison of Cumulative Five Year Total Return 

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

Ultralife Corporation

Nasdaq U.S. Index

Nasdaq Electronic Components Index

 
 
 
 
 
 
TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS 

As your new President and CEO since late December 2010, I want to share with you my 
thoughts about Ultralife’s strengths and opportunities, and my priorities for 2011.    

From my perspective, Ultralife is a fundamentally solid and financially sound manufacturing 
company with a strong foothold in the U.S. government defense business.  Importantly, the 
company possesses talented employees who work together to get the job done and an attractive 
array of power and energy storage products. These products, which serve the ever-increasing 
need for mobile power in military, communications, energy and other commercial markets, 
present us with attractive opportunities for sustainable and profitable long-term growth.  

My predecessor, John Kavazanjian, had successfully moved the company up the value chain 
from selling 9-volt batteries to selling a wide array of power products and communications 
systems with greater engineered content. It is my overarching objective to expand our 
opportunities at the high end of the value chain by building global scale into our business 
model and employing a deliberate approach to new product development and sales.  With 
global scale, Ultralife has the potential to double or triple in size over the next several years 
and deliver significantly higher profitability.  

2011 will be devoted to readying the company to seize these opportunities. Some of our key 
priorities are: 

1.  We are working to optimize the company’s profitability over the long term.  Whereas the 
company has made good progress in 2010 in keeping operating expenses in check, we still 
have more to accomplish to reduce operating expenses as a percentage of sales.  We also 
plan to improve gross margins.  To that end, we have commenced a global Lean 
implementation program focused on eliminating waste and decreasing cycle times to 
improve productivity, while reducing inventory to deleverage our balance sheet.  Our goal 
is to convert this program into a culture. 

2.  We have commenced the development and execution of a robust game plan for growth 
which includes efforts to diversify our revenues beyond our core US Government and 
defense business.  We see good growth opportunities internationally, including China, and 
we are planning to expand our commercial business and continue to develop new products 
for renewable energy applications.  As our global participation increases, we will develop a 
global manufacturing strategy to align our fulfillment capability with customer 
requirements, and to reduce costs. 

3.  We will continue to take a close look at all of our products and assess each of their 

potential mid- and long-term contributions to the sustainable growth and profitability of the 
company.  We will measure each against other new technology and growth opportunities 
that come across our radar screen. This review process led us to decide in March 2011 to 
exit our Energy Services business to refocus our operations on profitable growth 
opportunities in our Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems business 
segments.  While the broad range of opportunities spanning global energy, 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
communications, military/defense and commercial markets make us very optimistic about 
the future of Ultralife, it also drives home the importance of our pursuit of new products 
and businesses that line up well with our core competencies, and our ability to create a 
clear value proposition with a sustainable competitive advantage.   

4.  We are taking steps to more fully leverage our established China operation to accelerate 

our global growth and manufacturing cost competitiveness.  I am working closely with our 
talented team in China and building off of almost two decades of my own Asia experience 
to ensure that they are getting the full support and attention needed to be successful. 

In short, while we acknowledge the challenges which lie ahead, we are fully leveraging the 
strengths of our people, products and technical expertise and combining these strengths with 
dynamic and deliberate plans for future product development and sales growth.  Through 
collaboration among our employees and with our partners, customers and vendors, I believe 
Ultralife has a bright future ahead and I look forward to reporting the success of our initiatives 
with you. 

Michael D. Popielec 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
   Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 

/X/ Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
OR
/  / Transition report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
For the transition period from ____________ to ____________ 
Commission file number 0-20852

ULTRALIFE CORPORATION   
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware                                                                                                                    
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

                          16-1387013      
                  (I.R.S. Employer 
                Identification No.) 

2000 Technology Parkway, Newark, New York                                                               
(Address of principal executive offices)                                                                                    

                                    14513
              (Zip Code) 

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (315) 332-7100 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each class 
Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Global Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 

Securities Act. Yes…. No..X... 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) 

of the Act. Yes…. No..X... 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 
15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 
Yes..X…   No…. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web 
site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 
232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
submit and post such files). Yes..…   No…. 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 
of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive 
proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by  reference  in  Part  III  of  this  Form  10-K  or  any  amendment  to  this 
Form 10-K. [   ] 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-
accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” 
and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer ….     Accelerated filer ..X…    Non-accelerated filer ….    Smaller reporting company …. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 

Act). Yes…. No..X... 

On June 27, 2010, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant 
was approximately $54,000,000 (in whole dollars) based upon the closing price for such common stock as reported on 
the NASDAQ Global Market on June 25, 2010. 

As of February 27, 2011, the registrant had 17,291,361 shares of common stock outstanding, net of 1,372,598 

treasury shares. 

          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Certain  portions  of  the  registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  relating  to  the  June  7,  2011  Annual  Meeting  of 
Shareholders are specifically incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K, except for the equity plan information required by Item 12 as set forth therein.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 

PAGE 

PART I 

1  Business ..................................................................................................................3

1A Risk Factors ............................................................................................................17 

1B Unresolved Staff Comments ..................................................................................25 

2  Properties ................................................................................................................25

3  Legal Proceedings...................................................................................................26 

4  Reserved..................................................................................................................26 

PART II 

5  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder 

Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities ..............................................27 

6  Selected Financial Data ..........................................................................................28 

7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 

Results of Operations............................................................................................29 

7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ............................46

8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data......................................................47 

9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and 

Financial Disclosure .............................................................................................83 

9A Controls and Procedures.........................................................................................83 

9B Other Information ...................................................................................................85 

PART III 

10  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ....................................86 

11  Executive Compensation ........................................................................................86 

12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and  

Related Stockholder Matters ................................................................................86 

13  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence......86 

14  Principal Accountant Fees and Services ................................................................86 

PART IV 

15  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ...............................................................87 

Signatures .....................................................................................................................92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements.  This 
report contains certain forward-looking statements and information that are based on the beliefs of management as well as 
assumptions made by and information currently available to management.  The statements contained in this report relating to 
matters  that  are  not  historical  facts  are  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties,  including,  but  not 
limited to, future demand for our products and services, addressing the process of U.S. defense procurement, the successful 
commercialization of our products, the successful integration of our acquired businesses, the impairment of our intangible 
assets,  general  domestic  and  global  economic  conditions,  including  the  uncertainty  with  government  budget  approvals, 
government  and  environmental  regulations,  finalization  of  non-bid  government  contracts,  competition  and  customer 
strategies,  technological  innovations  in  the  non-rechargeable  and  rechargeable  battery  industries,  changes  in  our  business 
strategy  or  development  plans,  capital  deployment,  business  disruptions,  including  those  caused  by  fires,  raw  material 
supplies, environmental regulations, and other risks and uncertainties, certain of which are beyond our control.  Should one 
or  more  of  these  risks  or  uncertainties  materialize,  or  should  underlying  assumptions  prove  incorrect,  actual  results  may 
differ materially from those forward-looking statements described herein as anticipated, believed, estimated or expected or 
words of similar import.    When used in this report, the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate” or “expect” or words of 
similar  import  are  intended  to  identify  forward-looking  statements.    For  further  discussion  of  certain  of  the  matters 
described above and other risks and uncertainties, see “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this annual report. 

As  used  in  this  annual  report,  unless  otherwise  indicated,  the  terms  “we”,  “our”  and  “us”  refer  to  Ultralife 
Corporation and include our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Ultralife Batteries (UK) Ltd., McDowell Research Co., Inc., ABLE 
New Energy Co., Limited and its wholly-owned subsidiary ABLE New Energy Co., Ltd, RedBlack Communications, Inc. 
and Ultralife Energy Services Corporation, and our majority-owned joint venture Ultralife Batteries India Private Limited. 

Dollar  amounts  throughout  this  Form  10-K  Annual  Report  are  presented  in  thousands  of  dollars,  except  for  per 

share amounts. 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS  

General

We  offer  products  and  services  ranging  from  portable  and  standby  power  solutions  to  communications  and 
electronics  systems.    Through  our  engineering  and  collaborative  approach  to  problem  solving,  we  serve  government, 
defense  and  commercial  customers  across  the  globe.    We  design,  manufacture,  install  and  maintain  power  and 
communications  systems 
rechargeable  and  non-rechargeable  batteries,  standby  power  systems, 
communications  and  electronics  systems  and  accessories,  and  custom  engineered  systems,  solutions  and  services.    We 
continually evaluate various ways to grow, including opportunities to expand through mergers, acquisitions and business 
partnerships. 

including: 

We sell our products worldwide through a variety of trade channels, including original equipment manufacturers 
(“OEMs”), industrial and retail distributors, national retailers and directly to U.S. and international defense departments. 
We  enjoy  strong  name  recognition  in  our  markets  under  our  Ultralife®  Batteries,  McDowell  Research®,  RedBlackTM
Communications, AMTITM, Stationary Power ServicesTM, U.S. Energy SystemsTM, RPS Power SystemsTM and ABLETM
brands. We have sales, operations and product development facilities in North America, Europe and Asia.  

Beginning  January  1,  2010,  we  now  report  our  results  in  three  operating  segments  instead  of  four:  Battery  & 
Energy Products; Communications Systems; and Energy Services.  This change in segment reporting is more consistent 
with  how  we  now  manage  our  business  operations.    The  Non-Rechargeable  Products  and  Rechargeable  Products 
segments have been combined into a single segment called Battery & Energy Products.  The Communications Systems 
segment  now  includes  our  RedBlack  Communications  business,  which  was  previously  included  in  the  Design  & 
Installation  Services  segment.    The  Design  &  Installation  Services  segment  has  been  renamed  Energy  Services  and 
encompasses  our  standby  power  and  wireless  businesses.  Research,  design  and  development  contract  revenues  and 
expenses, which were previously included in the Design & Installation Services segment, have been captured under the 
respective operating segment in which the work is performed.   

The Battery & Energy Products segment includes: lithium 9-volt, cylindrical and various other non-rechargeable 
batteries,  in  addition  to  rechargeable  batteries,  uninterruptable  power  supplies  and  accessories,  such  as  cables.    The 
Communications  Systems  segment  includes:  power  supplies,  cable  and  connector  assemblies,  RF  amplifiers,  amplified 
speakers,  equipment  mounts,  case  equipment,  integrated  communication  system  kits,  charging  systems  and 

3

 
communications  and  electronics  systems  design. The  Energy  Services  segment  includes:  standby  power  and  systems 
design, installation and maintenance activities.  We look at our segment performance at the gross margin level, and we do 
not allocate research and development, except for research, design and development contracts as noted above, or selling, 
general  and  administrative  costs  against  the  segments.  All  other  items  that  do  not  specifically  relate  to  these  three 
segments and are not considered in the performance of the segments are considered to be Corporate charges.  (See Note 
10 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.) 

Our website address is www.ultralifecorp.com.  We make available free of charge via a hyperlink on our website 
our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to 
those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”).    We  will  provide  copies  of  these  reports  upon  written  request  to  the  attention  of 
Peter F. Comerford, Secretary, Ultralife Corporation, 2000 Technology Parkway, Newark, New York, 14513. Our filings 
with the SEC are also available through the SEC website at www.sec.gov or at the SEC Public Reference Room at 100 F 
Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 or by calling 1-800-SEC-0330.   

Battery & Energy Products

We  manufacture  and/or  market  a  family  of  lithium-manganese  dioxide  (Li-MnO2)  non-rechargeable  batteries 
including  9-volt,  HiRate®  cylindrical,  Thin  Cell®,  and  other  form  factors.    We  also  manufacture  and  market  a  family  of 
lithium-thionyl chloride (Li-SOCl2) non-rechargeable batteries produced at our Chinese operating unit.  Applications for our 
9-volt batteries include: smoke alarms, wireless security systems and intensive care monitors, among many other devices.  
Our HiRate and Thin Cell lithium non-rechargeable batteries are sold primarily to the  military and to OEMs in industrial 
markets for use in a variety of applications including radios, automotive telematics, emergency radio beacons, search and 
rescue transponders, pipeline inspection gauges, portable medical devices and other specialty instruments and applications. 
Military applications for our non-rechargeable HiRate batteries include: man-pack and survival radios, night vision devices, 
targeting devices, chemical agent monitors and thermal imaging equipment.  Our lithium-thionyl chloride batteries, sold 
under our ABLE and Ultralife brands as well as various private label brands, are used in a variety of applications including 
utility meters, wireless security devices, electronic meters, automotive electronics and geothermal devices.  We believe that 
the  chemistry  of  lithium  batteries  provides  significant  advantages  over  other  currently  available  non-rechargeable  battery 
technologies.    These  advantages  include:  lighter  weight,  longer  operating  time,  longer  shelf  life  and  a  wider  operating 
temperature  range.    Our  non-rechargeable  batteries  also  have  relatively  flat  voltage  profiles,  which  provide  stable  power.  
Conventional  non-rechargeable  batteries,  such  as  alkaline  batteries,  have  sloping  voltage  profiles  that  result  in  decreasing 
power  output  during  discharge.    While  the  price  for  our  lithium  batteries  is  generally  higher  than  alkaline  batteries,  the 
increased energy per unit of weight and volume of our lithium batteries allow for longer operating times and less frequent 
battery replacements for our targeted applications.   

We  believe  that  our  range  of  lithium  ion  rechargeable  batteries  and  charging  systems  offer  substantial  benefits, 
including  the  ability  to  design  and  produce  lightweight,  high-energy  batteries  in  a  variety  of  custom  sizes,  shapes,  and 
thickness.  We market lithium ion rechargeable batteries comprising cells manufactured by qualified cell manufacturers.  
Our  rechargeable  products  can  be  used  in  a  wide  variety  of  applications  including  communications,  medical  and  other 
portable  electronic  devices.    We  believe  that  the  chemistry  of  our  lithium  ion  batteries  provides  significant  advantages 
over  other  currently  available  rechargeable  batteries.    These  advantages  include  lighter  weight,  longer  operating  time, 
longer time between charges and a wider operating temperature range.  Conventional rechargeable batteries such as nickel 
metal hydride and nickel cadmium, are heavier, have lower energy and require more frequent charging. 

Within this segment, we also seek to fund the development of new products to advance our technologies through 
contracts with both government agencies and third parties.  We have been successful in obtaining awards for such programs 
for power-system technologies. 

We continue to obtain contracts that are in parallel with our efforts to ultimately commercialize products that we 
develop.    Revenues  in  this  segment  that  pertain  to  technology  contracts  may  vary  widely  each  year,  depending  upon  the 
quantity and size of contracts obtained. 

Revenues for this segment for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $94,643 and segment contribution (gross 

margin) was $21,653. 

Communications Systems

Under our McDowell Research and AMTI brands, we design and manufacture a line of communications systems 
and  accessories  to  support  military  communications  systems,  including  power  supplies,  power  cables,  connector 

4

 
assemblies, RF amplifiers, amplified speakers, equipment mounts, case equipment and integrated communication systems 
such  as  tactical  repeaters  and  SATCOM-On-The-Move  systems.    Products  include  field  deployable  systems,  which 
operate from wide-ranging AC and DC sources using a basic building block approach, allowing for a quick response to 
specialized applications. All systems are packaged to meet specific customer needs in rugged enclosures to allow for their 
use  in  severe  environments.  We  market  these  products  to  all  branches  of  the  U.S.  military,  approved  foreign  defense 
organizations, and U.S. and international prime defense contractors.  In addition, under our RedBlack Communications 
brand, we design, integrate and field mobile, modular and fixed-site communication and electronic systems. 

Revenues for this segment for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $72,176 and segment contribution (gross 

margin) was $25,003. 

Energy Services

Energy  Services  include  the  design,  installation,  integration  and  maintenance  of  standby  power  systems.  
Additionally, we offer lead-acid batteries and uninterruptable power supplies, sold under our RPS Power Systems brand, 
and other brands, for the standby power market.  Products include standby batteries and uninterruptable power supplies for 
use in telecommunications, banking, aerospace and information services industries. 

Revenues for this segment for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $11,758 and segment contribution (gross 

margin) was $(87). 

On March 8, 2011, our senior management, as authorized by our Board of Directors, decided to exit our Energy 
Services business.   As a result of management’s ongoing review of our business segments and products, and taking into 
account the growth and profitability potential of the Energy Services segment as well as its sizeable operating losses over 
the  last  several  years,  we  determined  it  was  appropriate  to  refocus  our  operations  on  profitable  growth  opportunities 
presented in our other segments, Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems.  In the fourth quarter of 2010, 
we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $13,793 to write-off the goodwill and intangible assets and certain fixed 
assets associated with the standby power portion of our Energy Services business.  We anticipate that the actions taken to 
exit our Energy Services business will result in the elimination of approximately 40 jobs and the closing of five facilities, 
primarily in California, Florida and Texas, over several months.  We expect to complete all exit activities with respect to 
our Energy Services segment by the end of the third quarter.  Upon completion, we will reclassify our Energy Services 
segment as a discontinued operation. 

In connection with the exit activities described above, we expect that we will record total restructuring charges 
of approximately $3,200, the majority of which are related to employee-related costs, including termination benefits, lease 
termination costs and inventory and fixed asset write-downs, of which approximately $1,200 will be recorded in the first 
quarter of 2011.  The cash component of the aggregate charge is expected to be approximately $2,200. 

Corporate  

We allocate revenues and cost of sales across the above operating segments.  The balance of income and expense, 
including  but  not  limited  to  research  and  development  expenses,  and  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  are 
reported as Corporate expenses. 

There  were  no  revenues  for  this  category  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010  and  corporate  expenses  were 

$52,450.   

See  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  and  the  2010 
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto for additional information.  For information relating to total assets by 
segment, revenues for the last three years by segment, and contribution by segment for the last three years, see Note 10 in the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

History 

We were formed as a Delaware corporation in December 1990.  In March 1991, we acquired certain  technology 
and  assets  from  Eastman  Kodak  Company  ("Kodak")  relating  to  its  9-volt  lithium-manganese  dioxide  non-rechargeable 
battery.  In December 1992, we completed our initial public offering and became listed on NASDAQ.  In June 1994, we 
formed  a  subsidiary,  Ultralife  Batteries  (UK)  Ltd.  (“Ultralife  UK”),  which  acquired  certain  assets  of  Dowty  Group  PLC 
(“Dowty”) and provided us with a presence in Europe.  In May 2006, we acquired ABLE New Energy Co., Ltd. (“ABLE”), 
an established manufacturer of lithium batteries located in Shenzhen, China, which broadened our product offering and 

5

 
 
 
 
 
provided additional exposure to new markets.  In July 2006, we finalized the acquisition of substantially all the assets of 
McDowell  Research,  Ltd.  (“McDowell”),  a  manufacturer  of  military  communications  accessories  located  originally  in 
Waco, Texas, with the operations having been relocated to the Newark, New York facility during the second half of 2007, 
which  enhanced  our  channels  into  the  military  communications  area  and  strengthened  our  presence  in  global  defense 
markets.    In  September  2007,  we  acquired  RedBlack  Communications,  Inc.  (“RedBlack”),  located  in  Hollywood, 
Maryland,  an  engineering  and  technical  services  firm  specializing  in  the  design,  integration,  and  fielding  of  mobile, 
modular  and  fixed-site  communication  and  electronic  systems.    The  acquisition  provided  a  natural  extension  to  our 
communications systems business and opened another channel of distribution for our broad portfolio of communications 
systems,  accessories  and  portable  power  products.
In  November  2007,  we  acquired  Stationary  Power  Services,  Inc. 
(“Stationary  Power”)  and  RPS  Power  Systems,  Inc.  (“RPS”),  affiliated  companies  both  located  in  Clearwater,  Florida.  
Stationary  Power  is  an  infrastructure  power  management  services  firm  specializing  in  the  engineering,  installation  and 
preventive  maintenance  of  standby  power  systems,  uninterruptible  power  supply  systems,  DC  power  systems  and 
switchgear/control  systems  for  the  telecommunications,  aerospace,  banking  and  information  services  industries.    RPS 
supplies  lead  acid  batteries  for  use  in  the  design  and  installation  of  standby  power  systems.    The  Stationary  Power 
acquisition furthered our transformation to a value-added power solutions, accessories and engineering services company 
serving a broad spectrum of government, defense and commercial markets.  In March 2008, we formed a joint venture, 
named  Ultralife  Batteries  India  Private  Limited  (“India  JV”),  with  our  distributor  partner  in  India.    The  India  JV 
assembles  Ultralife  power  solution  products  and  manages  local  sales  and  marketing  activities,  serving  commercial, 
government and defense customers throughout India.  We have invested cash into the India JV, as consideration for our 
51% ownership stake in the India JV.  In November 2008, we acquired certain assets of U.S. Energy Systems, Inc. and its 
services affiliate, U.S. Power Services, Inc. (“USE” collectively), a nationally recognized standby power installation and 
power management services business located in Riverside, California.  The acquisition was made to advance our goal of 
becoming the leading provider of engineering, installation, integration and maintenance services to the growing standby 
power  industry.  In  March  2009,  we  acquired  the  tactical  communications  products  business  of  Science  Applications 
International Corporation. The tactical communications products business (“AMTI”) designs, develops and manufactures 
tactical  communications  products  including:  amplifiers,  man-portable  systems,  cables,  power  solutions  and  ancillary 
communications equipment, which are sold by Ultralife under the brand name AMTI. The acquisition strengthened our 
communications  systems  business  and  provided  us  with  direct  entrée  into  the  handheld  radio/amplifier  market, 
complementing  Ultralife’s  communications  systems  offerings.    In  January  2010,  Stationary  Power  and  RPS  formally 
merged, with Stationary Power being the surviving corporation.  Subsequent to the merger, we renamed Stationary Power 
to Ultralife Energy Services Corporation (“UES”). 

Products, Services and Technology 

Battery & Energy Products 

A  non-rechargeable  battery  is  used  until  discharged  and  then  discarded.  The  principal  competing  non-
rechargeable  battery  technologies  are  carbon-zinc,  alkaline  and  lithium.  We  manufacture  a  range  of  non-rechargeable 
battery products based on lithium-manganese dioxide and lithium-thionyl chloride technologies.  

Our  non-rechargeable  battery  products  are  based  on  lithium-manganese  dioxide  and  lithium-thionyl  chloride 
technologies.    We  believe  that  the  chemistry  of  lithium  batteries  provides  significant  advantages  over  currently  available 
non-rechargeable battery technologies, which include: lighter weight, longer operating time, longer shelf life, and a wider 
operating temperature range. Our non-rechargeable batteries also have relatively flat voltage profiles, which provide stable 
power.    Conventional  non-rechargeable  batteries,  such  as  alkaline  batteries,  have  sloping  voltage  profiles  that  result  in 
decreasing  power  during  discharge.    While  the  prices  for  our  lithium  batteries  are  generally  higher  than  commercially 
available alkaline batteries produced by others, we believe that the increased energy per unit of weight and volume of our 
batteries will allow longer operating time and less frequent battery replacements for our targeted applications.  As a result, 
we believe that our non-rechargeable batteries are price competitive with other battery technologies on a price per unit of 
energy or volume basis.  

Our non-rechargeable products include the following product configurations: 

9-Volt Lithium Battery.  Our 9-volt lithium battery delivers a unique combination of high energy and stable voltage, 
which results in a longer operating life for the battery and, accordingly, fewer battery replacements. While our 9-volt battery
price  is  generally  higher  than  conventional  9-volt  carbon-zinc  and  alkaline  batteries,  we  believe  the  enhanced  operating 
performance  and  decreased  costs  associated  with  battery  replacement  make  our  9-volt  battery  more  cost  effective  than 
conventional batteries on a cost per unit of energy or volume basis when used in a variety of applications. 

6

 
      
 
 
We  market  our  9-volt  lithium  batteries  to  OEM,  distributor  and  retail  markets  including  industrial  electronics, 
safety and security, medical and music/audio. Typical applications include: smoke alarms, wireless alarm systems, bone 
growth  stimulators,  telemetry  devices,  blood  analyzers,  ambulatory  infusion  pumps,  parking  meters,  wireless  audio 
devices  and  guitar  pickups.    A  significant  portion  of  the  sales  of  our  9-volt  battery  is  to  major  U.S.  and  international 
smoke alarm OEMs for use in their long-life smoke alarms. We also manufacture our 9-volt lithium battery under private 
label for a variety of companies. Additionally, we sell our 9-volt battery to the broader consumer market through national 
and regional retail chains and Internet retailers.  

We  believe  that  we  manufacture  the  only  standard  size  9-volt  battery  designed  to  last  10  years  when  used  in 
ionization-type smoke alarms.  Although designs exist using other battery configurations, such as three 2/3 A or 1/2 AA-type 
battery cells, we believe that our 9-volt solution is superior to these alternatives.  Our current 9-volt battery manufacturing
capacity is adequate to meet forecasted customer demand over the next three years.   

Cylindrical  Batteries.    Featuring  high  energy,  wide  temperature  range,  long  shelf  life  and  operating  life,  our 
cylindrical cells and batteries, based on both lithium-manganese dioxide and lithium-thionyl chloride technologies, represent 
some  of  the  most  advanced  lithium  power  sources  currently  available.    We  market  a  wide  range  of  cylindrical  non-
rechargeable lithium cells and batteries in various sizes under both the Ultralife HiRate and ABLE brands.  These include: 
D, C, 5/4 C, 1/2 AA, 2/3 A and other sizes, which are sold individually as well as packaged into multi-cell battery packs, 
including our leading BA-5390 military battery, an alternative to the competing Li-SO2 BA-5590 battery, and one of the 
most widely used battery types in the U.S. armed forces for portable applications. Our BA-5390 battery provides 50% to 
100% more energy (mission time) than the BA-5590, and it is used in approximately 60 military applications. 

We  market  our  line  of  lithium  cells  and  batteries  to  the  OEM  market  for  commercial,  defense,  medical, 
automotive, asset tracking and search and rescue applications, among others.  Significant commercial applications include 
pipeline inspection equipment, automatic reclosers and oceanographic devices.  Asset tracking applications include RFID 
(Radio Frequency Identification) systems.  Among the defense uses are manpack radios, night vision goggles, chemical 
agent  monitors  and  thermal  imaging  equipment.    Medical  applications  include:  AED’s  (Automated  External 
Defibrillators),  infusion  pumps  and  telemetry  systems.    Automotive  applications  include:  telematics,  tire-pressure 
monitoring  and  engine  electronics  systems.    Search  and  rescue  applications  include:  ELT’s  (Emergency  Locator 
Transmitters) for aircraft and EPIRB’s (Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacons) for ships. 

Thin  Cell  Batteries.    We  manufacture  a  range  of  thin  lithium-manganese  dioxide  batteries  under  the  Thin  Cell 
brand.  Thin Cell batteries are flat,  lightweight batteries providing  a  unique  combination  of  high  energy,  long  shelf  life, 
wide operating temperature range and very low profile. With their thin prismatic form and a high ratio of active materials 
to  packaging,  Thin  Cell  batteries  can  efficiently  fill  most  battery  cavities. We  are  currently  marketing  these  batteries  to 
OEMs for applications such as displays, wearable medical devices, theft detection systems, and RFID devices. 

In contrast to non-rechargeable batteries, after a rechargeable battery is discharged, it can be recharged and reused 
many times.  Generally, discharge and recharge cycles can be repeated hundreds of times in rechargeable batteries, but the 
achievable number of cycles (cycle life) varies among technologies and is an important competitive factor. All rechargeable 
batteries experience a small, but measurable, loss in energy with each cycle. The industry commonly reports cycle life in the 
number of cycles a battery can achieve until 80% of the battery's initial energy capacity remains. In the rechargeable battery 
market, the principal competing technologies are nickel-cadmium, nickel-metal hydride and lithium-ion (including lithium-
polymer) batteries.  Rechargeable batteries are used in many applications, such as military radios, laptop computers, mobile 
telephones, portable medical devices, wearable devices and many other commercial, defense and consumer products.  

Three  important  performance  characteristics  of  a  rechargeable  battery  are  design  flexibility,  energy  density  and 
cycle life. Design flexibility refers to the ability of rechargeable batteries to be designed to fit a variety of shapes and sizes of 
battery  compartments.  Thin  profile  batteries  with  prismatic  geometry  provide  the  design  flexibility  to  fit  the  battery 
compartments of today's electronic devices. Energy density refers to the total amount of electrical energy stored in a battery 
divided by the battery’s weight and volume as measured in watt-hours per kilogram and watt-hours per liter, respectively.  
High energy density batteries generally are longer lasting power sources providing longer operating time and necessitating 
fewer  battery  recharges.  High  energy  density  and  long  achievable  cycle  life  are  important  characteristics  for  comparing 
rechargeable battery technologies.  Greater energy density will permit the use of batteries of a given weight or volume for a 
longer  time  period.      Accordingly,  greater  energy  density  will  enable  the  use  of  smaller  and  lighter  batteries  with  energy 
comparable to those currently marketed.  Lithium ion batteries, by the nature of their electrochemical properties, are capable 
of  providing  higher  energy  density  than  comparably  sized  batteries  that  utilize  other  chemistries  and,  therefore,  tend  to 
consume less volume and weight for a given energy content.  Long achievable cycle life, particularly in combination with 
high energy density, is suitable for applications requiring frequent battery recharges, such as cellular telephones and laptop 

7

 
computers, and allows the user to charge and recharge many times before noticing a difference in performance.  We believe 
that our lithium ion batteries generally have some of the highest energy density and longest cycle life available. 

Lithium Ion Cells and Batteries.  We offer a variety of lithium ion cells and batteries.  These products are used in a 

wide variety of applications including communications, medical and other portable electronic devices. 

Battery Charging Systems and Accessories.  To provide our customers with complete power system solutions, we 
offer a wide range of rugged military and commercial battery charging systems and accessories including smart chargers, 
multi-bay charging systems and a variety of cables. 

Technology  Contracts.  Our  technology  contract  activities  involve  the  development  of  new  products  or  the 

advancement of existing products through contracts with both government agencies and third parties. 

Communications Systems 

We  design  and  manufacture  communications  systems  and  accessories,  and  provide  communications  systems 
design  services,  through  our  McDowell  Research,  RedBlack  Communications  and  AMTI  brands,  to  support  military 
communications  systems  including  power  supplies,  RF  amplifiers,  battery  chargers,  amplified  speakers,  equipment 
mounts, case equipment and integrated communication systems.  We specialize in field deployable power systems, which 
operate from wide-ranging AC and DC sources using a basic building block approach, allowing for a quick response to 
specialized applications.  We package all systems to meet specific customer needs in rugged enclosures to allow their use 
in severe environments.  

We  offer  a  wide  range  of  military  communications  systems  and  accessories  designed  to  enhance  and  extend  the 
operation of communications equipment such as vehicle-mounted, manpack and handheld transceivers. Our communications 
products include the following product configurations: 

Integrated  Systems.  Our  integrated  systems  include:  SATCOM-On-The-Move  (“SOTM”);  rugged,  deployable 
case systems; multiband transceiver kits; briefcase power systems; dual transceiver cases; enroute communications cases; 
radio  cases;  and  tactical  repeater  systems.  These  systems  give  communications  operators  everything  that  is  needed  to 
provide reliable links to support C4I (Command, Control, Communications, Computers and Information systems).  

Power  Systems.  Our  power  systems  include:  universal  AC/DC  power  supplies  with  battery  backup  for  tactical 
manpack  and  handheld  transceivers;  Rover  power  supplies;  interoperable  power  adapters  and  chargers; portable  power 
systems; tactical combat and AC to DC power supplies for encryption units, among many others. We can provide power 
supplies for virtually all tactical communications devices.  

RF Amplifiers. Our RF amplifiers include: 20, 50 and 75-watt amplifiers and 20-watt accessories and kits. These 
amplifiers are used to extend the range of manpack and handheld tactical transceivers and can be used on mobile or fixed site 
applications.  

In addition, we design, install, maintain and integrate communications equipment and power systems for maximum 
mobility and optimum customer utility.  These include equipment installations in commercial, defense and law enforcement 
applications,  including  vehicles  for  satellite  communications,  engineering  services,  upgrading  current  fleet  vehicles  and 
integrated logistics and project management support. 

Communications  and  Electronics.  Our  communications  and  electronics  services  include  the  design,  integration, 
fielding  and  life  cycle  management  of  portable,  mobile  and  fixed-site  communications  systems.  Capabilities  include 
engineering, rapid prototyping, systems integration and logistics support. 

Energy Services 

Our  energy  services  focus  on  standby  power  system  design,  installation  and  maintenance  and  integrating  power 

systems for maximum mobility and optimum customer utility. 

Standby Power. Our standby power services provide mission critical solutions to a broad range of applications in 
the telecommunications, aerospace, banking and information services industries involving the installation and preventive 
maintenance of standby power systems, uninterrupted power supply systems, DC power systems and switchgear/control 
systems.

8

 
Lead-Acid Batteries.  We offer a variety of lead-acid batteries primarily for use in the design and installation of 
standby  power  systems.    These  products  include  standby  batteries  and  uninterruptable  power  supplies  for  use  in 
telecommunications, banking, aerospace and information services industries.

Sales and Marketing 

We employ a staff of sales and marketing personnel in North America, Europe and Asia.  We sell our products and 
services directly to commercial customers, including OEMs, as well as government and defense agencies  in the U.S. and 
abroad and have contractual arrangements with sales agents who market our products on a commission basis in particular 
areas.  While OEM agreements and contracts contain volume-based pricing based on expected volumes, industry practices 
dictate that pricing is rarely adjusted retroactively when contract volumes are not achieved.  Every effort is made to adjust 
future prices accordingly, but the ability to adjust prices is generally based on market conditions.   

We also distribute some of our products through domestic and international distributors and retailers. Our sales are 
generated primarily from customer purchase orders. We have  several  long-term  contracts  with  the  U.S. government  and 
companies within the automotive industry. These contracts do not commit the customers to specific purchase volumes, 
nor to specific timing of purchase order releases, and they include fixed price agreements over various periods of time.  In 
general  we  do  not  believe  our  sales  are  seasonal,  although  we  may  sometimes  experience  seasonality  for  some  of  our 
military products based on the timing of government fiscal budget expenditures. 

A  significant  portion  of  our  business  comes  from  sales  of  products  and  services  to  the  U.S.  and  foreign 
governments through various contracts.  These contracts are subject to procurement laws and regulations that lay out policies 
and procedures for acquiring goods and services.  The regulations also contain guidelines for managing contracts after they 
are  awarded,  including  conditions  under  which  contracts  may  be  terminated,  in  whole  or  in  part,  at  the  government’s 
convenience  or  for  default.    Failure  to  comply  with  the  procurement  laws  or  regulations  can  result  in  civil,  criminal  or 
administrative proceedings involving fines, penalties, suspension of payments, or suspension or disbarment from government 
contracting  or  subcontracting  for  a  period  of  time.    We  have  had  certain  “exigent”,  non-bid  contracts  with  the  U.S. 
government that are subject to an audit and final price adjustment, which could result in decreased margins compared with 
the original terms of the contracts. As part of its due diligence, the government conducts post-audits of the completed exigent
contracts to ensure that information used in supporting the pricing of exigent contracts did not differ materially from actual 
results. 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  we  had  two major  customers,  U.S.  Department  of  Defense  and  Port 
Electronics Corp., which comprised 11% and 10% of our revenue, respectively.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, 
we had one major customer, the U.S. Department of Defense, which comprised 26% of our revenue.  During the year ended 
December 31, 2008, we had two major customers, Raytheon Company and Port Electronics Corp., which comprised 29% 
and 16% of our revenue, respectively.   

In  2010,  sales  to  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  customers  were  approximately  $123,276  and  $55,301,  respectively.    For 
information relating to revenues by country for the last three fiscal years and long-lived assets for the last three fiscal years
by country of origin, see Note 10 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Battery & Energy Products 

We target sales of our non-rechargeable products to  manufacturers of security  and safety equipment, automotive 
telematics,  medical  devices,  search  and  rescue  equipment,  specialty  instruments,  point  of  sale  equipment  and  metering 
applications, as well as users of military equipment.  Our strategy is to develop sales and marketing alliances with OEMs and 
governmental  agencies  that  utilize  our  batteries  in  their  products,  commit  to  cooperative  research  and  development  or 
marketing  programs,  and  recommend  our  products  for  design-in  or  replacement  use  in  their  products.  We  are  addressing 
these  markets  through  direct  contact  by  our  sales  and  technical  personnel,  use  of  sales  agents  and  stocking  distributors, 
manufacturing under private label and promotional activities.  

We seek to capture a significant market share for our products within our targeted OEM markets, which we believe, 
if successful, will result in increased product awareness and sales at the end-user or consumer level. We are also selling our 
9-volt  battery  to  the  consumer  market  through  limited  retail  distribution  through  a  number  of  national  retailers.    Most 
military procurements are done directly by the specific government organizations requiring products, based on a competitive 
bidding process.  For those military procurements that are not bid, the procurements are typically subject to an audit of the 
product’s underlying cost structure and associated profitability.  Additionally, we are typically required to successfully meet
contractual  specifications  and  to  pass  various  qualification  testing  for  the  products  under  contract  by  the  military.    An 
inability by us to pass these tests in a timely fashion could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 

9

 
and  results  of  operations.    When  a  government  contract  is  awarded,  there  is  a  government  procedure  that  allows  for 
unsuccessful  companies  to  formally  protest  the  award  if  they  believe  they  were  unjustly  treated  in  the  government’s  bid 
evaluation process.  A prolonged delay in the resolution of a protest, or a reversal of an award resulting from such a protest 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.   

We market our products to defense organizations in the U.S. and other countries.  These efforts have resulted in 
us winning significant contracts.  In February 2005, we were awarded a five-year production contract by the U.S. Defense 
Department, with a maximum total potential of $15,000, to provide our BA-5347/U non-rechargeable lithium-manganese 
dioxide  batteries  to  the  U.S.  military.  The  contract  value  represented  60  percent  of  a  small  business  set-aside  award. 
Production  deliveries  began  in  the  first  quarter  of  2006.    Through  December  31,  2010,  we  have  received  orders  for 
deliveries under this contract totaling $12,101.  This contract expired at the end of 2010.  In September 2010, we were 
awarded a production contract by the Defense Logistics Agency for up to five years, with a maximum total potential of 
$42,100, to provide our BA-5390 non-rechargeable lithium-manganese dioxide batteries to the U.S. military.  Production 
deliveries will  begin  in  the first  quarter of 2011.    Through  December 31, 2010, we  have  received orders  for  deliveries 
under this contract totaling $6,500.  This contract is set to expire in 2015. 

We  target  sales  of  our  lithium  ion  rechargeable  batteries  and  charging  systems  to  OEM  customers,  as  well  as 
distributors  and  resellers  focused  on  our  target  markets.  We  seek  design  wins  with  OEMs,  and  believe  that  our  design 
capabilities, product characteristics and solution integration will drive OEMs to incorporate our batteries into their product 
offerings, resulting in revenue growth opportunities for us.  We target sales of our lead-acid rechargeable batteries through 
direct sales to customers in the telecommunications, banking, aerospace and information services industries. 

We continue to expand our marketing activities as part of our strategic plan to increase sales of our rechargeable 
products for commercial, standby, defense and communications applications, as well as hand-held devices, wearable devices 
and  other  electronic  portable  equipment.    A  key  part  of  this  expansion  includes  increasing  our  design  and  assembly 
capabilities as well as building our network of distributors and value added distributors throughout the world. 

At  December  31,  2010,  2009  and  2008,  our  backlog  related  to  Battery  &  Energy  Products  was  approximately 
$31,184, $28,439 and $32,712, respectively.  The majority of the 2010 backlog was related to orders that are expected to ship 
throughout 2011.   

Communications Systems 

We  target  sales  of  our  communications  systems,  which  include  power  solutions  and  accessories  to  support 
communications  systems  such  as  battery  chargers,  power  supplies,  power  cables,  connector  assemblies,  RF  amplifiers, 
amplified  speakers,  equipment  mounts,  case  equipment  and  integrated  communication  systems,  to  military  OEMs  and 
U.S. and international government organizations. We sell our products directly and through authorized distributors to OEMs 
and to defense organizations in the U.S. and internationally. 

We  market  our  products  to  defense  organizations  and  OEMs  in  the  U.S.  and  internationally.    These  efforts 
resulted  in  a  number  of  significant  contracts  for  us.    For  example,  in  September  2007,  we  were  awarded  a  $24,000 
contract  from  Raytheon  Company  to  produce  and  supply  SOTM  satellite  communications  systems  for  installation  on 
Mine  Resistant  Ambush  Protected  (“MRAP”)  armored  vehicles.    In  December  2007,  we  received  two  separate  orders 
valued at $62,000 and $40,000, from U.S. defense contractors to supply advanced communications systems.  In October 
2009, we received an order valued at $20,000, from a U.S. defense contractor for these same systems.  In May 2010, we 
received an order valued at $21,000, from a U.S. defense contractor for these same systems. 

At December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, our backlog related to Communications Systems orders was approximately 
$7,729, $12,604 and $11,172, respectively.  The majority of the 2010 backlog was related to orders that are expected to ship 
throughout 2011. 

Energy Services 

We provide our services directly to defense organizations, government agencies and commercial customers in the 
telecommunications, aerospace, banking and information services industries.  In the fourth quarter of 2010, we completed an 
impairment  analysis  of  the  goodwill,  intangible  assets,  and  other  long-lived  assets  associated  with  the  standby  power 
business included in the Energy Services segment.  As a result of this analysis, in connection with the overall decrease in 
revenues in 2010 compared to 2009 and the declining gross margins over the last two years for the standby power business, 
we recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $13,793 in the fourth quarter of 2010 to fully write off the goodwill and 
intangible assets and partially write off certain fixed assets.  For the past two years, cautious spending and continued delays

10

 
 
 
 
 
in implementing large capital projects by customers in the standby power industry have negatively impacted results for our 
Energy  Services  segment.    (See  Notes  3  and  12  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional 
information.) 

At December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, our backlog related to Energy Services was approximately $2,790, $1,694 
and  $3,738,  respectively.    The  majority  of  the  2010  backlog  was  related  to  services  that  are  expected  to  be  performed 
throughout 2011. 

Patents, Trade Secrets and Trademarks 

We rely on licenses of technology as well as our patented and unpatented proprietary information, know-how and 
trade secrets to maintain and develop our competitive position.  Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary information, 
there can be no assurance that others will not either develop the same or similar information independently or obtain access 
to our proprietary information.  In addition, there can be no assurance that we would prevail if we asserted our intellectual 
property  rights  against  third  parties,  or  that  third  parties  will  not  successfully  assert  infringement  claims  against  us  in  the
future.    We  believe,  however,  that  our  success  depends  more  on  the  knowledge,  ability,  experience  and  technological 
expertise of our employees, than on the legal protection that our patents and other proprietary rights may or will afford.  

We hold thirteen patents in the U.S. and foreign countries.  Our patents protect technology that makes automated 
production more cost-effective and protect important competitive features of our products. However, we do not consider our 
business to be dependent on patent protection.    

In  2003,  we  entered  into  an  agreement  with  Saft  Groupe  S.A.  to  license  certain  tooling  for  battery  cases.    The 
licensing fee associated with this agreement is based on a percentage of the sales price of the individual battery case, up to a
maximum of one dollar per battery case.  The total royalty expense reflected in 2010 was $242.  This agreement expires in 
the year 2017.               

Select  key  employees  are  required  to  enter  into  agreements  providing  for  confidentiality  and  the  assignment  of 
rights  to  inventions  made  by  them  while  employed  by  us.  These  agreements  also  contain  certain  noncompetition  and 
nonsolicitation  provisions  effective  during  the  employment  term  and  for varying  periods  thereafter  depending  on position 
and location. There can be no assurance that we will be able to enforce these agreements.  All of our employees agree to 
abide by the terms of a Code of Ethics policy that provides for the confidentiality of certain information received during the 
course of their employment. 

Trademarks are an important aspect of our business. We sell our products under a number of trademarks, which 
we  own  or  use  under  license.    The  following  are  registered  trademarks  or  trademarks  of  ours:  Ultralife(cid:2),  Ultralife  Thin 
Cell(cid:2), Ultralife HiRate(cid:2), Ultralife Polymer(cid:2), The New Power Generation®, LithiumPower®, SmartCircuit®, PowerBug®, We 
Are  Power®,  AMTI®,  RPS®,  ABLE™,  RedBlack™,  RPS  Power  Systems™,  Stationary  Power  Systems™,  U.S.  Energy 
Systems™, McDowell Research®, and Max Juice For More Gigs®. 

Manufacturing and Raw Materials 

We manufacture our products from raw materials and component parts that we purchase. We have ISO 9001:2000 
certification  for  our  manufacturing  facilities  in  Newark,  New  York,  Virginia  Beach,  Virginia,  Abingdon,  England,  and 
Shenzhen,  China.    In  addition,  our  manufacturing  facilities  in  Newark,  New  York  and  Shenzhen,  China  are  ISO  14001 
certified.

We  expect  that  in  the  future,  raw  material  purchases  will  fluctuate  based  on  the  timing  of  customer  orders,  the 

related need to build inventory in anticipation of orders and actual shipment dates. 

Battery & Energy Products 

Our Newark, New York facility has the capacity to produce approximately nine million 9-volt batteries per year and 
approximately  fourteen  million  cylindrical  cells  per  year.    Our  facility  in  Abingdon,  England  is  equipped  to  produce 
approximately two million cylindrical cells per year.  Capacity, however, is also related to individual operations, and product
mix changes can produce bottlenecks in an individual operation, constraining overall capacity. Our manufacturing facility in 
Shenzhen, China is capable of producing approximately five million cylindrical cells per year and approximately 500,000 
thin cells per year.  We have acquired new machinery and equipment in areas where production bottlenecks have resulted in 
the  past  and  we  believe  that  we  have  sufficient  capacity  in  these  areas.      We  continually  evaluate  our  requirements  for 
additional capital equipment, and we believe that the planned increases, including equipment relating to our 9-volt transition 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
to China, will be adequate to meet foreseeable customer demand.  In 2010, we announced that we will be transitioning a 
significant  portion  of  our  9-volt  battery  manufacturing  from  our  Newark,  New  York  manufacturing  facility  to  our 
Shenzhen,  China  manufacturing  facility.    At  December  31,  2010,  the  transition  was  still  ongoing.    However,  with 
unanticipated  growth  in  demand  for  our  products,  demand  could  exceed  capacity,  which  would  require  us  to  install 
additional capital equipment to meet these incremental needs, which in turn may require us to lease or contract additional 
space to accommodate such needs.   

We utilize lithium foil as well as other metals and chemicals to manufacture our batteries. Although we know of 
three major suppliers that extrude lithium into foil and provide such foil in the form required by us, we do not anticipate any
shortage of lithium foil or any difficulty in obtaining the quantities we require. Certain materials used in our products are 
available only from a single source or a limited number of sources. Additionally, we may elect to develop relationships with 
a  single  or  limited  number  of  sources  for  materials  that  are  otherwise  generally  available.    Although  we  believe  that 
alternative sources are available to supply materials that could replace materials we use and that, if necessary, we would be 
able to redesign our products to make use of an alternative product, any interruption in our supply from any supplier that 
serves  currently  as  our  sole  source  could  delay  product  shipments  and  adversely  affect  our  financial  performance  and 
relationships with our customers. Although we have experienced interruptions of product deliveries by sole source suppliers, 
none of such interruptions has had a material adverse effect on us.  All other raw materials utilized by us are readily available
from many sources. 

We use various utilities to provide heat, light and power to our facilities.  As energy costs rise, we continue to seek 
ways to reduce these costs and will initiate energy-saving projects at times to assist in this effort.  It is possible, however, that 
rising energy costs may have an adverse effect on our financial results.  

We believe that the raw materials and components utilized for our rechargeable batteries are readily available from 
many sources.  Although we believe that alternative sources are available to supply materials that could replace materials we 
use, any interruption in our supply from any supplier that serves currently as our sole source could delay product shipments 
and adversely affect our financial performance and relationships with our customers.    

Our Newark, New York facility has the capacity to produce significant volumes of rechargeable batteries, as this 
segment  generally  assembles  battery  packs  and  chargers  and  is  limited  only  by  physical  space  and  is  not  constrained  by 
manufacturing equipment capacity. 

The total carrying value of our Battery & Energy Products inventory, including raw materials, work in process and 

finished goods, amounted to approximately $18,483 as of December 31, 2010.   

Communications Systems

In general, we believe that the raw materials and components utilized by us for our communications accessories and 
systems,  including RF amplifiers, power supplies,  cables, repeaters and integration kits,  are available from  many sources.  
Although  we  believe  that  alternative  sources  are  available  to  supply  materials  that  could  replace  materials  we  use,  any 
interruption  in  our  supply  from  any  supplier  that  serves  currently  as  our  sole  source  could  delay  product  shipments  and 
adversely affect our financial performance and relationships with our customers.    

Our Newark, New York facility has the capacity to produce significant volumes of communications accessories and 
systems,  as  this  operation  generally  assembles  products  and  is  limited  only  by  physical  space  and  is  not  constrained  by 
manufacturing equipment capacity. 

Our  Hollywood,  Maryland  facility  has  the  capacity  to  produce  communications  accessories  and  systems.    This 
operation  generally  assembles  products  and  is  limited  only  by  physical  space  and  is  not  constrained  by  manufacturing 
equipment capacity. 

Our Virginia Beach, Virginia facility has the capacity to produce communications accessories and systems.  This 
operation  generally  provides  services,  but  can  also  assemble  products  and  is  limited  only  by  physical  space  and  is  not 
constrained by manufacturing equipment capacity. 

The total carrying value of our Communications Systems inventory, including raw materials, work in process and 

finished goods, amounted to approximately $12.503 as of December 31, 2010.   

12

 
 
 
Energy Services

We believe that the raw materials and components utilized for our standby power installations are readily available 
from  many  sources.    Although  we  believe  that  alternative  sources  are  available  to  supply  materials  that  could  replace 
materials  we  use,  any  interruption  in  our  supply  from  any  supplier  that  serves  currently  as  our  sole  source  could  delay 
product shipments and adversely affect our financial performance and relationships with our customers.    

The total carrying value of our Energy Services inventory, including raw materials, work in process and finished 

goods, amounted to approximately $2,135 as of December 31, 2010.   

Research and Development 

We  concentrate  significant  resources  on  research  and  development  activities  to  improve  upon  our  technological 
capabilities and to design new products for customers’ applications. We conduct our research and development in Newark, 
New  York,  Virginia  Beach,  Virginia,  West  Point,  Mississippi,  Tallahassee,  Florida  and  Shenzhen,  China.    During  2010, 
2009  and  2008  we  expended  approximately  $8,800,  $9,500  and  $8,100,  respectively,  on  research  and  development, 
including $3,300, $3,500 and $3,000, respectively, on customer sponsored research and development activities.  We expect 
that  research  and  development  expenditures  in  the  future  will  be  modestly  higher  than  those  in  2010,  as  new  product 
development initiatives will drive our growth.  As in the past, we will continue to make funding decisions for our research 
and development efforts based upon strategic demand for customer applications. 

Battery & Energy Products 

We continue to develop non-rechargeable cells and batteries that broaden our product offering to our customers.   

We continue to develop our rechargeable product portfolio, including batteries, cables and charging systems, as our 

customers’ needs continue to grow for portable power. 

The  U.S.  government  sponsors  research  and  development  programs  designed  to  improve  the  performance  and 

safety of existing battery systems and to develop new battery systems.  

We work to receive contracts with defense contractors and commercial customers.  For example, in 2008, we were 
awarded a contract from General Dynamics UK for the development and supply of rechargeable batteries and smart chargers 
in support of the UK MoD Bowman Programme.  In 2009, a second Bowman contract was received for the development and 
supply of two next-generation rechargeable batteries and a next-generation smart charger.  In December 2010, we announced 
that  we  received  a  contract  from  a  major  international  defense  contractor  valued  at  approximately  $5,500,  for  the 
development and supply of our suite of Land Warrior lithium non-rechargeable and rechargeable lithium ion batteries and 
charging systems, for use with the Land 200 Battle Management System by the Australian military.   

In January 2008, we entered into a technology partnership with Mississippi State University (“MSU”) to develop 
fuel cell-battery portable power systems enabling lightweight, long endurance military missions. The development of this 
power  system  is  to  be  performed  under  a  $1,600  program  that  was  awarded  by  a  U.S.  Defense  Department  agency  to 
MSU  as  the  prime  contractor.  MSU  has  awarded  us  a  $475  contract  to  participate  in  this  program  as  a  subcontractor.  
Under the contract, we will oversee the development, testing, approval and manufacturing of prototypes of a new compact 
military  battery  to  be  used  with  handheld  tactical  radios,  building  on  its  ongoing  development  work  under  the  LW-SI 
Program.  In addition, we established a development and assembly operation in a 14,000 square-foot facility located in 
West  Point,  Mississippi  to  manufacture  products  coming  out  of  the  technology  partnership  and  other  of  our  products.  
Since  its  inception,  our  West  Point  Hybrid  Power  Group  has  been  awarded  several  contract  awards  for  technology 
demonstrations related to the characterization of fuel cells, as well as portable power systems combining fuel cells with 
smart rechargeable batteries and chargers. 

Communications Systems 

We continue to develop a variety of communications accessories and systems for the defense market to meet the 

ever-changing demands of our customers. 

Safety; Regulatory Matters; Environmental Considerations 

Certain of the materials utilized in our batteries may pose safety problems if improperly used. We have designed 

our batteries to minimize safety hazards both in manufacturing and use.  

13

 
 
 
 
 
The  transportation  of  non-rechargeable  and  rechargeable  lithium  batteries  is  regulated  in  the  U.S.  by  the 
Department of Transportation’s Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (“PHMSA”), and internationally by 
the  International  Civil  Aviation  Organization  (“ICAO”)  and  corresponding  International  Air  Transport  Association 
(“IATA”)  Dangerous  Goods  Regulations  and  the  International  Maritime  Dangerous  Goods  Code  (“IMDG”),  and  other 
country  specific  regulations.    These  regulations  are  based  on  the  United  Nations  Recommendations  on  the  Transport  of 
Dangerous Goods Model Regulations and the United Nations Manual of Tests and Criteria.  We currently ship our products 
pursuant to PHMSA, ICAO, IATA, IMDG and other country specific hazardous goods regulations.  The regulations require 
companies to meet certain testing, packaging, labeling, marking and shipping paper specifications for safety reasons.  We 
have not incurred, and do not expect to incur, any significant costs in order to comply with these regulations.  We believe 
we comply with all current U.S. and international regulations for the shipment of our products, and we intend and expect to 
comply with any new regulations that are imposed.  We have established our own testing facilities to ensure that we comply 
with these regulations.  If we are unable to comply with the new regulations, however, or if regulations are introduced that 
limit our or our customers’ ability to transport our products in a cost-effective manner, this could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.   

Our lead acid products have been tested and have been deemed to meet all requirements as specified in 49 CFR 
173.159  (d)  for  exception  as  hazardous  material  classification.  Our  lead  acid  batteries  have  been  tested  and  have  been 
deemed to meet all requirements as specified in the special provision 238 for determination of "Non-Spillable" and are 
not subject to the provision of 49 CFR 173.159 (d). 

The European Union’s Restriction of Hazardous Substances (”RoHS”) Directive places restrictions on the use of 
certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. All applicable products sold in the European Union 
market  after  July  1,  2006  must  pass  RoHS  compliance.  While  this  directive  does  not  apply  to  batteries  and  does  not 
currently affect our defense products, should any changes occur in the directive that would affect our products, we intend 
and  expect  to  comply  with  any  new  regulations  that  are  imposed.    Our  commercial  chargers  are  in  compliance  with  this 
directive. Additional  European  Union  Directives,  entitled  the  Waste  Electrical  and  Electronic  Equipment  (“WEEE”) 
Directive  and  the  Directive  "on  batteries  and  accumulators  and  waste  batteries  and  accumulators",  impose  regulations 
affecting our non-defense products. These directives require that producers or importers of particular classes of electrical 
goods  are  financially  responsible  for  specified  collection,  recycling,  treatment  and  disposal  of  past  and  future  covered 
products. These directives assign levels of responsibility to companies doing business in European Union markets based 
on their relative market share. These directives call on each European Union member state to enact enabling legislation to 
implement the directive. As additional European Union member states pass enabling legislation our compliance system 
should  be  sufficient  to  meet  such  requirements.  Our  current  estimated  costs  associated  with our  compliance  with  these 
directives based on our current  market share are not significant. However, we continue to evaluate the impact of these 
directives  as  European  Union  member  states  implement  guidance,  and  actual  costs  could  differ  from  our  current 
estimates.

The European Union’s Battery Directive "on batteries and accumulators and waste batteries and accumulators" 
went into effect on September 26, 2008.  It is intended to cover all types of batteries regardless of their shape, volume, 
weight, material composition or use.  It is aimed at reducing mercury, cadmium, lead and other metals in the environment 
by minimizing the use of these substances in batteries and by treating and re-using old batteries. The Directive applies to 
all types of batteries except those used to protect European Member States' security, for military purposes, or sent into 
space.    To  achieve  these  objectives,  the  Directive  introduces  measures  to  prohibit  the  marketing  of  some  batteries 
containing  hazardous  substances.    It  contains  measures  for  establishing  schemes  aiming  at  high  level  of  collection  and 
recycling of batteries with quantified collection and recycling targets.  The Directive sets out minimum rules for producer 
responsibility  and  provisions  with  regard  to  labeling  of  batteries  and  their  removability  from  equipment.    Product 
markings are required for batteries and accumulators to provide information on capacity and to facilitate reuse and safe 
disposal.  We currently ship our products pursuant to the requirements of the Directive. 

China’s  “Management  Methods  for  Controlling  Pollution  Caused  by  Electronic  Information  Products 
Regulation”  (“China  RoHS”)  provides  a  two-step,  broad  regulatory  framework  including  similar  hazardous  substance 
restrictions as are imposed by the European Union’s RoHS Directive, and apply to methods for the control and reduction 
of  pollution  and  other  public  hazards  to  the  environment  caused  during  the  production,  sale,  and  import  of  electronic 
information products (“EIP”) in China affecting a broad range of electronic products and parts, with an implementation 
date of March 1, 2007.  Currently, only the first step of the regulatory framework of China RoHS, which details marking 
and  labeling  requirements  under  Standard  SJT11364-2006  (“Marking  Standard”),  is  in  effect.    However,  the  methods 
under China RoHS only apply to EIP placed in the marketplace in China.  Additionally, the Marking Standard does not 
apply  to  components  sold  to  OEM’s  for  use  in  other  EIP.    Our  sales  in  China  are  limited  to  sales  to  OEM’s  and  to 
distributors who supply to OEM’s.  Should our sales strategy change to include direct sales to end-users, our compliance 

14

system  is  sufficient  to  meet  our  requirements  under  China  RoHS.  Our  current  estimated  costs  associated  with  our 
compliance with this regulation based on our current market share are not significant. However, we continue to evaluate 
the impact of this regulation, and actual costs could differ from our current estimates. 

National, state and local laws impose various environmental controls on the manufacture, transportation, storage, 
use  and  disposal  of  batteries  and  of  certain  chemicals  used  in  the  manufacture of  batteries.  Although we  believe  that  our 
operations are in substantial compliance with current environmental regulations, there can be no assurance that changes in 
such laws and regulations will not impose costly compliance requirements on us or otherwise subject us to future liabilities. 
There can be no assurance that additional or modified regulations relating to the manufacture, transportation, storage, use and
disposal of materials used to manufacture our batteries or restricting disposal of batteries will not be imposed or how these 
regulations will affect us or our customers, that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.  In 2010, we spent approximately $320 on environmental controls, including costs to properly dispose 
of potentially hazardous waste.  

Since non-rechargeable and rechargeable lithium battery chemistries react adversely with water and water vapor, 
certain  of  our  manufacturing  processes  must  be  performed  in  a  controlled  environment  with  low  relative  humidity.    Our 
Newark, New York, Abingdon, England and Shenzhen, China facilities contain dry rooms or glove box equipment, as well 
as specialized air-drying equipment.  

Battery & Energy Products 

Our non-rechargeable battery products incorporate lithium metal, which reacts with water and may cause fires if not 
handled properly.  In the past, we have experienced fires that have temporarily interrupted certain manufacturing operations.  
We  believe  that  we  have  adequate  fire  suppression  systems  and  insurance,  including  business  interruption  insurance,  to 
protect against the occurrence of fires and fire losses in our facilities.  

Our  9-volt  battery,  among  other  sizes,  is  designed  to  conform  to  the  dimensional  and  electrical  standards  of  the 
American  National  Standards  Institute,  and  the  9-volt  battery  and  a  range  of  3-volt  cells  are  recognized  under  the 
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Component Recognition Program.  

Communications Systems

We  are  not  currently  aware  of  any  other  regulatory  requirements  regarding  the  disposal  of  communications 

accessories. 

Our lead acid products have been tested and have been deemed to meet all requirements as specified in 49 CFR 
173.159 (d) for exception as hazardous material classification.  Our lead acid batteries have been tested and have been 
deemed to meet all requirements as specified in the special provision 238 for determination of "Non-Spillable" and are 
not subject to the provision of 49 CFR 173.159 (d). 

Energy Services 

Our lead acid products have been tested and have been deemed to meet all requirements as specified in 49 CFR 
173.159 (d) for exception as hazardous material classification.  Our lead acid batteries have been tested and have been 
deemed to meet all requirements as specified in the special provision 238 for determination of "Non-Spillable" and are 
not subject to the provision of 49 CFR 173.159 (d). 

Lead  acid  batteries  are  recovered  from  some  of  our  customers  and  delivered  to  a  permitted  lead  smelter  for 

reclamation following applicable federal, state and local regulations.  

Corporate 

Please refer to the description of the environmental remediation for our Newark, New York facility set forth in Item 

3, Legal Proceedings of this report.   

Competition 

Competition in both the battery and communications systems markets is, and is expected to remain, intense. The 
competition ranges from development stage companies to major domestic and international companies, many of which have 
financial,  technical,  marketing,  sales,  manufacturing,  distribution  and  other  resources  significantly  greater  than  ours.  We 

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
compete against companies producing batteries as well as those offering standby power installation services, and companies 
producing  communications  systems.  We  compete  on  the  basis  of  design  flexibility,  performance,  reliability  and  customer 
support.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  technologies  and  products  will  not  be  rendered  obsolete  by  developments  in 
competing technologies or services that are currently under development or that may be developed in the future or that our 
competitors will not market competing products and services that obtain market acceptance more rapidly than ours.  

Historically, although other entities may attempt to take advantage of the growth of the battery market, the lithium 
battery cell industry has certain technological and economic barriers to entry.  The development of technology, equipment 
and manufacturing techniques and the operation of a facility for the automated production of lithium battery cells require 
large capital expenditures, which may deter new entrants from commencing production.  Through our experience in battery 
cell manufacturing, we have also developed expertise, which we believe would be difficult to reproduce without substantial 
time and expense in the non-rechargeable battery market.  

Competition in the standby power market is concentrated among a number of suppliers and installers ranging from 
small  distributors  who  purchase,  resell  and  install  products  manufactured  by  others  to  major  battery  and  power  supply 
manufacturers,  which  have  financial,  technical,  marketing,  sales,  manufacturing,  distribution  and  other  resources 
significantly greater than those of ours.  We compete on the basis of product and installation design, functionality, flexibility, 
performance, price, reliability and service.  While we believe our battery technologies and electronics are equal or superior to
competitive  products,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  technology  and  products  will  not  be  rendered  obsolete  by 
developments in competing technologies that are currently under development or that may be developed in the future or that 
our competitors will not market competing products that obtain market acceptance more rapidly than ours.  

Employees

As of December 31, 2010, we employed a total of 1,169 permanent and temporary employees: 79 in research and 
development,  953  in  production  and  137  in  sales  and  administration.    Of  the  total,  750  are  employed  in  the  U.S.,  13  in 
Europe and 406 in Asia.  None of our employees is represented by a labor union. 

16

 
 
 
ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS 

A significant portion of our revenues is derived from certain key customers. 

A significant portion of our revenues is derived from contracts with the U.S. and foreign militaries or OEMs that 
supply the U.S. and foreign militaries.  In the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, approximately 65%, 65%, 
and 75% respectively, of our revenues were comprised of sales made directly or indirectly to the U.S. and foreign militaries.  
During the year ended December 31, 2010, we had two major customers, U.S Department of Defense and Port Electronics 
Corp., which comprised 11% and 10% of our revenue, respectively.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, we had one 
major customer, the U.S. Department of Defense, which comprised 26% of our revenue.  During the year ended December 
31, 2008, we had two major customers, Raytheon Company and Port Electronics Corp., which comprised 29% and 16% of 
our revenue, respectively.  There were no other customers that comprised greater than 10% of our total revenues during the 
years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.  While sales to these customers were substantial during the years ended 
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we do not consider these customers to be significant credit risks.  Government decisions 
regarding military deployment and budget allocations to fund military operations may have an impact on the demand for our 
products  and  services.    If  the  demand  for  products  and  services  from  the  U.S.  or  foreign  militaries  were  to  decrease 
significantly, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.   

Our overall operating results are affected by many factors, including the timing of orders from our key customers 
and the timing of expenditures to manufacture parts and purchase inventory in anticipation of future orders of products 
and services.  Because we make significant sales to U.S. and foreign militaries or OEMS that supply the U.S. or foreign 
militaries, we are subject to the effects of delays in the government budget process and the decisions to deploy resources 
to support military purchases of our products.  The reduction, delay or cancellation of orders from one or more of our key 
customers  for  any  reason  or  the  loss  of  one  or  more  of  our  key  customers  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our 
business, operating results and financial condition. 

We neither distribute our products to a concentrated geographical area nor is there a significant concentration of 
credit  risks  arising  from  individuals  or  groups  of  customers  engaged  in  similar  activities,  or  who  have  similar  economic 
characteristics.  We have no customers that comprised greater than 10% of our trade accounts receivables as of December 
31, 2010.  We have two customers that comprised 45% of our trade accounts receivables as of December 31, 2009.  There 
were no other customers that comprised greater than 10% of our total trade accounts receivable as of December 31, 2009.  
We do not normally obtain collateral on trade accounts receivable. 

A decline in demand for products or services using our batteries or communications systems could reduce demand for our 
products or services. 

A substantial portion of our business depends on the continued demand for products or services using our batteries 
and communications systems sold by our customers, including OEM’s.   Our success depends significantly upon the success 
of those customers’ products or services in the marketplace.  We are subject to many risks beyond our control that influence 
the success or failure of a particular product or service offered by a customer, including:  

competition faced by the customer in its particular industry,  

•
• market acceptance of the customer’s product or service,  
•
•

the engineering, sales, marketing and management capabilities of the customer,  
technical challenges unrelated to our technology or products faced by the customer in developing its products 
or services, and  
the financial and other resources of the customer. 

•

For instance, in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 11%, 11% and 8% of our revenues, respectively, 
were comprised of sales of our 9-volt batteries, and of this, approximately 25%, 34% and 39%, respectively, pertained to 
sales  to  smoke  alarm  OEMs.    If  the  retail  demand  for  long-life  smoke  alarms  decreases  significantly,  this  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our customers may not meet the volume requirements in our supply agreements. 

We sell most of our products and services through supply agreements and contracts.  While supply agreements and 
contracts contain volume-based pricing based on expected volumes, industry practices dictate that pricing is rarely adjusted 
retroactively  when  contract  volumes  are  not  achieved.    Every  effort  is  made  to  adjust  future  prices  accordingly,  but  our 
ability to adjust prices is generally based on market conditions. 

17

 
 
 
 
 
Any impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, and other intangible assets, could negatively impact 
our results of operations. 

Our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are subject to an impairment test on an annual basis and are 
also  tested  whenever  events  and  circumstances  indicate  that  goodwill  and/or  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  may  be 
impaired.  Any excess goodwill and/or indefinite-lived intangible assets value resulting from the impairment test must be 
written off in the period of determination.  Intangible assets (other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets) 
are generally amortized over the useful life of such assets.  In addition, from time to time, we may acquire or make an 
investment  in  a  business  which  will  require  us  to  record  goodwill  based  on  the  purchase  price  and  the  value  of  the 
acquired  tangible  and  intangible  assets.    We  may  subsequently  experience  unforeseen  issues  with  such  business  which 
adversely affect the anticipated returns of the business or value of the intangible assets and trigger an evaluation of the 
recoverability  of  the  recorded  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  for  such  business.    Future  determinations  of  significant 
write-offs  of  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  as  a  result  of  an  impairment  test  or  any  accelerated  amortization  of  other 
intangible  assets  could have a  negative  impact  on  our  results  of operations  and  financial  condition.   We  are  constantly 
reviewing the costs and the benefits of retiring several of our current brands, the retirement of which could result in a non-
cash impairment charge of the associated indefinite-lived intangible asset, reducing operating earnings by the associated 
amount or amounts on the balance sheet.  We have completed our annual impairment analysis for goodwill and indefinite-
lived intangible assets, in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, and have concluded that we do have an 
impairment  of  goodwill  and indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  in  the  standby  power  business reporting unit  for  the  year 
ended  December  31,  2010.    We  recognized  an  impairment  charge  of  $13,793  to  fully  write-off  the  goodwill  and 
intangible assets and partially write-off the fixed assets associated with our standby power business, which is included in 
the  Energy  Services  segment.    There  were  no  other  impairments  to  be  recognized  in  any  of  the  other  tested  reporting 
units.  However, due to the narrow margin of passing the Step 1 goodwill impairment testing for 2010 in the RedBlack 
reporting unit, there is potential for a partial or full impairment of the goodwill value in 2011 if our projected operational 
results are not achieved. One of the key assumptions for achieving the projected operational results includes significant 
revenue growth.  As of December 31, 2010, the RedBlack reporting unit had a goodwill book value of $2,025. 

Our  acquisitions  and  business  partnerships  may  not  result  in  the  revenue  growth  and  profitability  that  we  expect.    In 
addition, we may not be able to successfully integrate our acquisitions. 

We  are  integrating  our  acquisitions  into  our  business  and  assimilating  their  operations,  services,  products  and 
personnel  with  our  management  policies,  procedures  and  strategies.    We  can  provide  no  assurances  that  we  will  achieve 
revenue growth and profitability that we expect from these acquisitions or that we will not incur unforeseen additional costs 
or expenses in connection with the integration of these acquisitions.  To effectively manage our expected growth, we must 
continue to successfully manage our integration of these companies and continue to improve our operational and information 
technology  systems,  internal  procedures  and  management,  financial  and  operational  controls  to  accommodate  these 
acquisitions.  If we fail in any of these areas, our business could be adversely affected. 

In 2007 we acquired RedBlack, Stationary Power and RPS, in 2008 we formed a joint venture in India and acquired 
USE, and in 2009 we acquired AMTI, which added new facilities and operations to our overall business.  The integration of 
recent, and future, acquisitions could place an increased burden on our management team which could adversely impact our 
ability  to  effectively  manage  these  businesses.    Our  2007  and  2008  acquisitions  of  Stationary  Power,  RPS  and  USE, 
respectively, now collectively referred to as UES, were impacted by overall  market conditions including delays in capital 
spending by the customer base, as well as market disruption caused by the pricing actions of a key supplier.  Our ability to 
quickly  rebound  from  these  conditions  may  strain  our  management  resources  and  increase  our  overall  spending  base  to 
ensure that our other core businesses are not neglected. 

On March 8, 2011, our senior management, as authorized by our Board of Directors, decided to exit our Energy 
Services business.   As a result of management’s ongoing review of our business segments and products, and taking into 
account the growth and profitability potential of the Energy Services segment as well as its sizeable operating losses over 
the  last  several  years,  we  determined  it  was  appropriate  to  refocus  our  operations  on  profitable  growth  opportunities 
presented in our other segments, Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems.  In the fourth quarter of 2010, 
we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $13,793 to write-off the goodwill and intangible assets and certain fixed 
assets associated with the standby power portion of our Energy Services business.  We anticipate that the actions taken to 
exit our Energy Services business will result in the elimination of approximately 40 jobs and the closing of five facilities, 
primarily in California, Florida and Texas, over several months.  We expect to complete all exit activities with respect to 
our Energy Services segment by the end of the third quarter.  Upon completion, we will reclassify our Energy Services 
segment as a discontinued operation. 

18

 
 
 
In connection with the exit activities described above, we expect that we will record total restructuring charges 
of approximately $3,200, the majority of which are related to employee-related costs, including termination benefits, lease 
termination costs and inventory and fixed asset write-downs, of which approximately $1,200 will be recorded in the first 
quarter of 2011.  The cash component of the aggregate charge is expected to be approximately $2,200. 

Our operations in China are subject to unique risks and uncertainties.  

Our operating facility in China presents risks including, but  not  limited  to, political  changes,  civil  unrest,  labor 
disputes, increase in labor costs, currency restrictions and changes in currency exchange rates, taxes, duties, import and 
export laws and boycotts and other civil disturbances that are outside of our control.  Any such disruptions could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Delays in the transition of the manufacturing of our 9-volt battery from our Newark, New York manufacturing facility to 
our  manufacturing  facility  in  Shenzhen,  China  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business  and  results  of 
operations.

In  2010,  we  announced  that  we  will  be  transitioning  a  significant  portion  of  our  9-volt  battery  manufacturing 
from  our  Newark,  New  York  manufacturing  facility  to  our  Shenzhen,  China  manufacturing  facility.    At  December  31, 
2010, the transition was still ongoing.  Delays in the transition of the manufacturing of our 9-volt battery to China could 
increase  the  costs  and  expenditures  of  the  transition  and  delay  the  realization  of  the  anticipated  cost  savings  from  the 
transition. 

The U.S. and foreign governments can audit our contracts with their respective defense and government agencies and, under 
certain circumstances, can adjust the economic terms of those contracts. 

A  significant  portion  of  our  business  comes  from  sales  of  products  and  services  to  the  U.S.  and  foreign 
governments through various contracts.  These contracts are subject to procurement laws and regulations that lay out policies 
and procedures for acquiring goods and services.  The regulations also contain guidelines for managing contracts after they 
are  awarded,  including  conditions  under  which  contracts  may  be  terminated,  in  whole  or  in  part,  at  the  government’s 
convenience  or  for  default.    Failure  to  comply  with  the  procurement  laws  or  regulations  can  result  in  civil,  criminal  or 
administrative proceedings involving fines, penalties, suspension of payments, or suspension or disbarment from government 
contracting or subcontracting for a period of time. 

We have had certain “exigent”, non-bid contracts with the U.S. government that have been subject to an audit and 
final price adjustment, which have resulted in decreased margins compared with the original terms of the contracts.  As of 
December  31,  2010,  there  were  no  outstanding  exigent  contracts  with  the  government.    As  part  of  its  due  diligence,  the 
government has conducted post-audits of the completed exigent contracts to ensure that information used in supporting the 
pricing of exigent contracts did not differ materially from actual results.  In September 2005, the Defense Contracting Audit 
Agency (“DCAA”) presented its findings related to the audits of three of the exigent contracts, suggesting a potential pricing 
adjustment of approximately $1,400 related to reductions in the cost of materials that occurred prior to the final negotiation 
of these contracts.  We have reviewed these audit reports, have submitted our response to these audits and believe, taken as a 
whole,  the  proposed  audit  adjustments  can  be  offset  with  the  consideration  of  other  compensating  cost  increases  that 
occurred prior to the final negotiation of the contracts.  While we believe that potential exposure exists relating to any final
negotiation  of  these  proposed  adjustments,  we  cannot  reasonably  estimate  what,  if  any,  adjustment  may  result  when 
finalized.    In  addition,  in  June  2007,  we  received  a  request  from  the  Office  of  Inspector  General  of  the  Department  of 
Defense (“DoD IG”) seeking certain information and documents relating to our business with the Department of Defense.  
We  continue  to  cooperate  with  the  DCAA  Audit  and  DoD  IG  inquiry  by  making  available  to  government  auditors  and 
investigators  our  personnel  and  furnishing  the  requested  information  and  documents.    The  DCAA  Audit  and  DoD  IG 
inquiry  have  now  been  consolidated  and  the  US  Attorney’s  Office  is  representing  the  government  in  connection  with 
these matters.  We recently received a settlement proposal from the US Attorney which was based on the non-acceptance 
of various positions submitted by us in discussions and exchanges related to these matters.  We are now reviewing the 
settlement proposal for purposes of preparing our response.  At this time we have no basis for quantifying any penalties or 
liabilities  we  might  face  on  account  of  the  DCAA  Audit  and  DoD  IG  inquiry.    The  aforementioned  DCAA-related 
adjustments could reduce margins and, along with the aforementioned DoD IG inquiry, could have an adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operation.    

We are subject to the contract rules and procedures of the U.S. and foreign governments.  These rules and procedures create 
significant risks and uncertainties for us that are not usually present in contracts with private parties. 

19

 
 
 
We will continue to develop battery products, communications systems and services to meet the needs of the U.S. 
and foreign governments.  We compete in solicitations for awards of contracts.  The receipt of an award, however, does not 
always result in the immediate release of an order and does not guarantee in any way any given volume of orders.  Any delay 
of solicitations or anticipated purchase orders by, or future failure of, the U.S. or foreign governments to purchase products 
manufactured  by  us  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  
Additionally, in these scenarios we are typically required to successfully meet contractual specifications and to pass various 
qualification-testing for the products under contract.  Our inability to pass these tests in a timely fashion, as well as meet 
delivery  schedules  for  orders  released  under  contract,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations.   

When a government contract is awarded, there is a government procedure that permits unsuccessful companies to 
formally protest such award if they believe they were unjustly treated in the evaluation process.  As a result of these protests, 
the government is precluded from proceeding under these contracts until the protests are resolved.  A prolonged delay in the 
resolution of a protest, or a reversal of an award resulting from such a protest could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our growth and expansion strategy could strain or overwhelm our resources. 

Rapid growth of our business could significantly strain management, operations and technical resources.  If we are 
successful in obtaining rapid market growth of our products and services, we will be required to deliver large volumes of 
quality products and increased levels of services to customers on a timely basis at a reasonable cost to those customers.  For 
example, the large contracts received from the U.S. military for our batteries using cylindrical cells could strain the current
capacity capabilities of our manufacturing facilities and require additional equipment and time to build a sufficient support 
infrastructure.    This  demand  could also  create  working  capital  issues  for  us,  as  we  may  need  increased  liquidity  to  fund 
purchases of raw materials and supplies.  We cannot assure, however, that our business will grow rapidly or that our efforts 
to expand manufacturing and quality control activities will be successful or that we will be able to satisfy commercial scale 
production requirements on a timely and cost-effective basis.   

One  of  our  strategies  has  been  to  strategically  grow  our  business  through  the  acquisition  of  complementary 
businesses  or  through  business  partnerships,  for  example  joint  ventures,  in  addition  to  organic  growth.    Our  inability  to 
acquire  such  businesses,  or  increased  competition  for  such  businesses  which  could  increase  our  acquisition  costs,  could 
adversely affect our overall strategy and results of operations.  In addition, our inability to improve the operating margins of
businesses we acquire or operate such acquired businesses profitably or to effectively integrate or leverage the operations of 
those acquired businesses could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We also will be required to continue to improve our operations, management and financial systems and controls in 
order to remain competitive.  The failure to manage growth and expansion effectively could have an adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition, and results of operations.   

The loss of key personnel could significantly harm our business, and the ability and technical competence of persons we hire 
will be critical to the success of our business. 

Because of the specialized, technical nature of our business, we are highly dependent on certain members of our 
management, sales, engineering and technical staffs.  The loss of these employees could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations.  Our ability to effectively pursue our business strategy will depend 
upon,  among  other  factors,  the  successful  retention  of  our  key  personnel,  recruitment  of  additional  highly  skilled  and 
experienced managerial, sales, engineering and technical personnel, and the integration of such personnel obtained through 
business acquisitions.  We cannot assure that we will be able to retain or recruit this type of personnel.  An inability to hire
sufficient numbers of people or to find people with the desired skills could result in greater demands being placed on limited 
management  resources  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.   During  the  latter  half  of  2009,  we  experienced  unusually  high  turnover  in  our  management  ranks.  Our  Chief 
Operating  Officer,  our  Vice-President  of  Finance  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  our  Vice-President  of  Manufacturing,  our 
Vice-President of Sales and our Director of Technology resigned.  During 2010, our Executive Vice-President of Business 
Development resigned and our Vice-President – Corporate Communications Officer passed away.  While these individuals 
have  been  replaced  by  qualified,  experienced  personnel,  or  through  the  restructuring  of  our  operations,  it  is  too  early  to 
determine  the  overall  impact  on  our  business  of  such  turnover  and  the  additional  responsibilities  placed  on  existing 
personnel.  In addition, in December 2010, our President and Chief Executive Officer retired.  While this individual has been 
replaced by a qualified, experienced individual, it is too early to determine any impact on our business of such change in 
leadership. 

20

 
 
 
 
We may be unable to obtain financing to fund ongoing operations and future growth. 

While we believe our improved gross margins and cost control actions will allow us to generate cash and achieve 
profitability in the future, there is no assurance as to when or if we will be able to achieve our projections.  Our future cash
flows  from  operations,  combined  with  our  accessibility  to  cash  and  credit,  may  not  be  sufficient  to  allow  us  to  finance 
ongoing  operations  or  to  make  required  investments  for  future  growth.    We  may  need  to  seek  additional  credit  or  access 
capital markets for additional funds.  There is no assurance, given our historical operating performance, that we would be 
successful in this regard. 

We may not generate a sufficient amount of cash or generate sufficient funds from operations to fund our operations or 
repay our indebtedness at maturity or otherwise. 

Our  ability  to  draw  funds  and  make  payments  on  our  asset-based  credit  facility  will  depend  on  our  ability  to 
consistently  generate  cash  flow  from  operations  in  the  future.    This  ability,  to  a  certain  extent,  is  subject  to  general 
economic,  financial,  competitive,  regulatory  and other  factors beyond  our  control.    There  can be  no  assurance  that our 
business will generate cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in amounts sufficient to 
enable us to fund our liquidity needs or to repay our indebtedness. 

We may not be able to achieve the covenants as set forth in our asset based lending facility with RBS Capital. 

Our ability to successfully meet the covenants as set forth in our lending facility will depend on our generation of 
EBITDA  from  each  of  our  domestic  legal  entities  in  line  with  our  projections.    Our  lending  facility  includes  a  fixed 
charge  ratio which we  must  achieve on  a quarterly  basis  to avoid default.    The  existence  of  an  event  of default  would 
significantly impact our ability to draw funds from our credit facility, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations.  There can be no assurances that we will generate sufficient cash 
flow  from  operations  to  ensure  compliance  with  the  covenants  of  our  lending  facility.    In  the  event  of  a  default,  our 
interest rate will increase by 200 basis points during the default period. 

We face risks related to general domestic and global economic conditions.

In  general,  our  operating  results  can  be  significantly  affected  by  negative  economic  conditions,  high  labor, 
material  and  commodity  costs  and  unforeseen  changes  in  demand  for  our  products  and  services.    These  risks  are 
heightened as economic conditions globally have deteriorated significantly and may not fully recover to historical levels 
in the short-term.  The current economic conditions could continue to have a negative impact on demand for our products 
and services, which may have a direct negative impact  on our sales and profitability, as well as our ability to generate 
sufficient internal cash flows or access credit at reasonable rates to meet future operating expenses, service debt and fund 
capital expenditures. 

Our efforts to develop new commercial applications for our products could fail. 

Although we are involved with developing certain products for new commercial applications, we cannot provide 
assurance that acceptance of our products will occur due to the highly competitive nature of the business.  There are many 
new product and technology entrants into the marketplace, and we must continually reassess the market segments in which 
our products can be successful and seek to engage customers in these segments that will adopt our products for use in their 
products.    In  addition,  these  companies  must  be  successful  with  their  products  in  their  markets  for  us  to  gain  increased 
business.    Increased  competition,  failure  to  gain  customer  acceptance  of  products,  the  introduction  of  competitive 
technologies or failure of our customers in their markets could have a further adverse effect on our business.   

We may incur significant costs because of the warranties we supply with our products and services. 

With respect to our battery products, we typically offer warranties against any defects due to product malfunction or 
workmanship for a period up to one year from the date of purchase.  With respect to our communications systems products, 
we now offer up to a three-year warranty.  Previously, we had offered up to a four-year warranty.  We also offer a 10-year 
warranty on our 9-volt batteries that are used in ionization-type smoke alarms.  With respect to the installation of our standby
power  systems,  we  offer  a  warranty  over  the  installation,  generally  restrictive  to  meeting  the  customers’  performance 
specifications.  We provide for a reserve for these potential warranty expenses, which is based on an analysis of historical 
warranty issues.  There is no assurance that future warranty claims will be consistent with past history, and in the event we 
experience a significant increase in warranty claims, there is no assurance that our reserves will be sufficient.  This could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

21

 
 
 
 
 
We  are  subject  to  certain  safety  risks,  including  the  risk  of  fire,  inherent  in  the  manufacture,  use  and  transportation  of 
lithium batteries. 

Due to the high energy inherent in lithium batteries, our lithium batteries can pose certain safety risks, including the 
risk  of  fire.    We  incorporate  procedures  in  research,  development,  product  design,  manufacturing  processes  and  the 
transportation  of  lithium  batteries  that  are  intended  to  minimize  safety  risks,  but  we  cannot  assure  that  accidents  will  not 
occur or that our products will not be subject to recall for safety concerns.  Although we currently carry insurance policies 
which  cover  loss  of  the  plant  and  machinery,  leasehold  improvements,  inventory  and  business  interruption,  any  accident, 
whether at the manufacturing facilities or from the use of the products, may result in significant production delays or claims 
for  damages  resulting  from  injuries.    While  we  maintain  what  we  believe  to  be  sufficient  casualty  liability  coverage  to 
protect  against  such  occurrences,  these  types  of  losses  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operation. 

We may incur significant costs because of known and unknown environmental matters. 

National, state and local laws impose various environmental controls on the manufacture, transportation, storage, 
use and disposal of batteries and of certain chemicals used in the manufacture of batteries.  Although we believe that our 
operations are in substantial compliance with current environmental regulations and that, except as noted below, there are no 
environmental conditions that will require material expenditures for clean-up at our present or former facilities or at facilities
to  which  we  have  sent  waste  for  disposal,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  changes  in  such  laws  and  regulations  will  not 
impose costly compliance requirements on us or otherwise subject us to future liabilities.  There can be no assurance that 
additional or modified regulations relating to the manufacture, transportation, storage, use and disposal of materials used to 
manufacture our batteries or restricting disposal of batteries will not be imposed or how these regulations will affect us or our 
customers, that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The  future  regulatory  direction  of  the  European  Union’s  Restriction  of  Hazardous  Substances  (“RoHS”)  and 
Waste  Electrical  and  Electronic  Equipment  (“WEEE”)  Directives,  as  they  pertain  to  our  products, is  uncertain. 
Their potential impact to our business would become material if battery packs were to be included in new guidelines and 
we were unable to procure materials in a timely manner.  Other associated risks related to these directives include excess 
inventory  risk  due  to  a write  off  of  non-compliant  inventory.  We  continue  to  monitor  the  regulatory  activity  of  the 
European Union to ascertain such risks. 

China’s  “Management  Methods  for  Controlling  Pollution  Caused  by  Electronic  Information  Products 
Regulation”  (“China  RoHS”)  provides  a  two-step,  broad  regulatory  framework,  including  similar  hazardous  substance 
restrictions as are imposed by the European Union’s RoHS Directive, and apply to methods for the control and reduction 
of  pollution  and  other  public  hazards  to  the  environment  caused  during  the  production,  sale,  and  import  of  electronic 
information products (“EIP”) in China affecting a broad range of electronic products and parts, which was implemented 
on March 1, 2007.  Currently, only the first step of the regulatory framework of China RoHS, which details marking and 
labeling requirements under Standard SJT11364-2006 (“Marking Standard”), is in effect.  However, the methods under 
China RoHS only apply to EIP placed in the marketplace in China.  Additionally, the Marking Standard does not apply to 
components sold to OEMs for use in other EIP.  Our sales in China are limited to sales to OEMs and to distributors who 
supply  to  OEMs.    Should  our  sales  strategy  change  to  include  direct  sales  to  end-users,  our  compliance  system  is 
sufficient to meet our requirements under China RoHS.  Our current estimated costs associated with our compliance with 
this regulation based on our current market share are not significant.  However, we continue to evaluate the impact of this 
regulation, and actual costs could differ from our current estimates. 

A  number  of  domestic  and  international  communities  are  prohibiting  the  landfill  disposal  of  batteries  and 
requiring  companies  to  make  provisions  for  product  recycling.   Of  particular  note  are  the  European  Union’s  Batteries 
Directive  and  the  New  York  State  Rechargeable  Battery  Recycling  law.    We  are  committed  to  responsible  product 
stewardship  and  ongoing  compliance  with  these  and  future  regulations.   The  compliance  costs  associated  with  current 
recycling regulations are not expected to be significant at this time.  However, we continue to evaluate the impact of this 
regulation, and actual costs could differ from our current estimates. 

In conjunction with our purchase/lease of our Newark, New York facility in 1998, a consulting firm performed a 
Phase I and II Environmental Site Assessment, which revealed the existence of contaminated soil and ground water around 
one  of  the  buildings.    We  have  submitted  various  work  plans  to  the  New  York  State  Department  of  Environmental 
Conservation (“NYSDEC”) and the New York State Department of Health (“NYSDOH”) regarding further environmental 
testing  and  sampling  in  order  to  determine  the  scope  of  any  additional  remediation.    Our  environmental  consulting  firm 
prepared and submitted a Final Investigation Report in January 2009 to the NYSDEC for review.  The NYSDEC reviewed 
and approved the Final Investigation Report in June 2009 and requested the development of a Remedial Action Plan.  Our 

22

 
 
 
 
environmental consulting firm developed and submitted the requested plan for review and approval by the NYSDEC.  In 
October 2009, we received comments back from the NYSDEC regarding the content of the remediation work plan.  Our 
environmental  consulting  firm  incorporated  the  requested  changes  and  submitted  a  revised  work  plan  to  the  NYSDEC  in 
January  2010  for  review  and  approval.    Upon  approval  from  the  NYSDEC,  environmental  remediation  work  was 
completed in July and August 2010.  Our environmental consulting firm prepared a Final Engineering report which was 
submitted  to  the  NYSDEC  for  review  and  approval  in  October  2010.    Comments  on  the  Final  Engineering  report  and 
associated documents were received from the NYSDEC in December 2010.  Our environmental consulting firm revised 
the Final Engineering report and submitted the report and associated documents to the NYSDEC for review and approval 
in January 2011.  At December 31, 2010, we have reserved $22 for this matter.  The ultimate resolution of this matter may 
result in us incurring costs in excess of what we have reserved. 

Any inability to comply with changes to the regulations for the shipment of our products could limit our ability to transport 
our products to customers in a cost-effective manner.

The transportation of lithium batteries is regulated by the International Civil Aviation Organization (“ICAO”) and 
corresponding  International  Air  Transport  Association  (“IATA”)  Dangerous  Goods  Regulations  and  the  International 
Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (“IMDG”) and in the U.S. by the Department of Transportation’s Pipeline and Hazardous 
Materials Safety Administration (“PHMSA”).  These regulations are based on the United Nations Recommendations on the 
Transport of Dangerous Goods Model Regulations and the United Nations Manual of Tests and Criteria.  We currently ship 
our  products  pursuant  to  ICAO,  IATA  and  PHMSA  hazardous  goods  regulations.    The  regulations  require  companies  to 
meet certain testing, packaging, labeling and shipping specifications for safety reasons.  We have not incurred, and do not 
expect to incur, any significant costs in order to comply with these regulations.  We believe we comply with all current 
U.S.  and  international  regulations  for  the  shipment  of  our  products,  and  we  intend  and  expect  to  comply  with  any  new 
regulations that are imposed.  We have established our own testing facilities to ensure that we comply with these regulations. 
If  we  are  unable  to  comply  with  the  new  regulations,  however,  or  if  regulations  are  introduced  that  limit  our  ability  to 
transport  our  products  to  customers  in  a  cost-effective  manner,  this  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.   

Our lead acid products have been tested and have been deemed to meet all requirements as specified in 49CFR 
173.159  (d)  for  exception  as  hazardous  material  classification.  Our  lead  acid  batteries  have  been  tested  and  have  been 
deemed to meet all requirements as specified in the special provision 238 for determination of "Non-Spillable" and are 
not subject to the provision of 49CFR 173.159 (d). 

Our supply of raw materials and components could be disrupted.

Certain  materials  and  components  used  in  our  products  are  available  only  from  a  single  or  a  limited  number  of 
suppliers.  As  such,  some  materials  and  components  could  become  in  short  supply  resulting  in  limited  availability  and/or 
increased  costs.  Additionally,  we  may  elect  to  develop  relationships  with  a  single  or  limited  number  of  suppliers  for 
materials and components that are otherwise generally available.  Due to our involvement with supplying defense products to 
the government, we could receive a government preference to continue to obtain critical supplies to meet military production 
needs.  However, if the government did not provide us with a government preference in such circumstances, the difficulty in 
obtaining  supplies  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations. 
Although we believe that alternative suppliers are available to supply materials and components that could replace materials 
and  components  currently  used  and  that,  if  necessary,  we  would  be  able  to  redesign  our  products  to  make  use  of  such 
alternatives, any interruption in the supply from any supplier that serves as a sole source could delay product shipments and 
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.    We  have  experienced 
interruptions of product deliveries by sole source suppliers in the past, and we cannot guarantee that we will not experience a
material interruption of product deliveries from sole source suppliers in the future.  Additionally, we could face increasing 
pricing pressure from our suppliers dependent upon volume due to rising costs by these suppliers that could be passed on to 
us in higher prices for our raw materials, which could have a material effect on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations.   

Any  inability  to  protect  our  proprietary  and  intellectual  property  could  allow  our  competitors  and  others  to  produce 
competing products based on our proprietary and intellectual property.

Our success depends more on the knowledge, ability, experience and technological expertise of our employees than 
on  the  legal  protection  of  patents  and  other  proprietary  rights.    We  claim  proprietary  rights  in  various  unpatented 
technologies,  know-how,  trade  secrets  and  trademarks  relating  to  products  and  manufacturing  processes.    We  cannot 
guarantee  the  degree  of  protection  these  various  claims  may  or  will  afford,  or  that  competitors  will  not  independently 
develop or patent technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology.  We protect our proprietary 

23

 
 
 
rights  in  our  products  and  operations  through  contractual  obligations,  including  nondisclosure  agreements  with  certain 
employees,  customers,  consultants  and  strategic  partners.    There  can  be  no  assurance  as  to  the  degree  of  protection  these 
contractual measures may or will afford.  We have had patents issued and have patent applications pending in the U.S. and 
elsewhere.  We cannot assure (1) that patents will be issued from any pending applications, or that the claims allowed under 
any  patents  will  be  sufficiently  broad  to  protect  our  technology,  (2)  that  any  patents  issued  to  us  will  not  be  challenged, 
invalidated or circumvented, or (3) as to the degree or adequacy of protection any patents or patent applications may or will 
afford.  If we are found to be infringing third party patents, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain licenses
with  respect  to  such  patents  on  acceptable  terms,  if  at  all.    The  failure  to  obtain  necessary  licenses  could  delay  product 
shipments  or  the  introduction  of  new  products,  and  costly  attempts  to  design  around  such  patents  could  foreclose  the 
development, manufacture or sale of products. 

Our products could become obsolete.  

The  market  for  our  products  is  characterized  by  changing  technology  and  evolving  industry  standards,  often 
resulting in product obsolescence or short product lifecycles.  Although we believe that our products are comprised of state-
of-the-art technology, there can be no assurance that competitors will not develop technologies or products that would render 
our technologies and products obsolete or less marketable. 

Many of the companies with which we compete have substantially greater resources than we do, and some have the 
capacity and volume of business to be able to produce their products more efficiently than we can at the present time.  In 
addition, these companies are developing or have developed products using a variety of technologies that are expected to 
compete  with  our  technologies.    If  these  companies  successfully  market  their  products  in  a  manner  that  renders  our 
technologies obsolete, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to foreign currency fluctuations.

We  maintain  manufacturing  operations  in  North  America,  Europe  and  Asia,  and  we  export  products  to  various 
countries.  We purchase materials and sell our products in foreign currencies, and therefore currency fluctuations may impact 
our  pricing  of  products  sold  and  materials  purchased.    In  addition,  our  foreign  subsidiaries  maintain  their  books  in  local 
currency,  and  the  translation  of  those  subsidiary  financial  statements  into  U.S.  dollars  for  our  consolidated  financial 
statements could have an adverse effect on our consolidated financial results, due to changes in local currency relative to the
U.S. dollar.  Accordingly, currency fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations.  

Our ability to use our Net Operating Loss Carryforwards in the future may be limited, which could have an adverse impact 
on our tax liabilities. 

At December 31, 2010, we had approximately $53,188 of net operating loss carryforwards (“NOL’s”) available to 
offset  future  taxable  income.    We  continually  assess  the  carrying  value  of  this  asset  based  on  the  relevant  accounting 
standards.  As of December 31, 2010, we reflected a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax asset to the extent the 
asset  is  not  able  to  be  offset  by  future  reversing  temporary  differences.   As  a  result,  we  have  reflected  a  net  deferred  tax 
liability of $3,698 in the U.S.  We have reflected a net deferred tax asset of $-0- in the U. K. and China due to our current 
assessment that it is more likely than not to not be realized.  As we continue to assess the realizability of our deferred tax 
assets, the amount of the valuation allowance could be reduced.  In addition, certain of our NOL carryforwards are subject to 
U.S.  alternative  minimum  tax  such  that  carryforwards  can  offset  only  90%  of  alternative  minimum  taxable  income.  
Achieving  our  business  plan  targets,  particularly  those  relating  to  revenue  and  profitability,  is  integral  to  our  assessment 
regarding the recoverability of our net deferred tax asset.     

     We have determined that a change in ownership, as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 382, occurred 
in 2005 and 2006.  As such, the domestic NOL carryforward will be subject to an annual limitation estimated to be in the 
range of approximately $12,000 to $14,500. This limitation did not have an impact on income taxes determined for 2010. 
Such a limitation could result in the possibility of a cash outlay for income taxes in a future year when earnings exceed the 
amount of NOL carryforwards that can be used by us.  The use of our U.K. NOL carryforwards may be limited due to the 
change  in  the  U.K.  operation  during  2008  from  a  manufacturing  and  assembly  center  to  primarily  a  distribution  and 
service center. 

Our quarterly and annual results and the price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly. 

Our  future  operating  results  may  vary  significantly  from  quarter  to  quarter  and  from  year  to  year  depending  on 
factors  such  as  the  timing  and  shipment  of  significant  orders,  new  product  introductions,  delays  in  customer  releases  of 

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
purchase orders, delays in receiving raw materials from vendors, the mix of distribution channels through which we sell our 
products and services and general economic conditions.  Frequently, a substantial portion of our revenue in each quarter is 
generated from orders booked and fulfilled during that quarter.  As a result, revenue levels are difficult to predict for each 
quarter.  If revenue results are below expectations, operating results will be adversely affected as we have a sizeable base of
fixed overhead costs that do not fluctuate much with the changes in revenue.  Due to such variances in operating results, we 
have sometimes failed to meet, and in the future may not meet, market expectations or even our own guidance regarding our 
future operating results. 

In addition to the uncertainties of quarterly and annual operating results, future announcements concerning us or our 
competitors,  including  technological  innovations  or  commercial  products,  litigation  or  public  concerns  as  to  the  safety  or 
commercial value of one or more of our products may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially 
for reasons which may be unrelated to our operating results.  These fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and 
market conditions, may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.   

The  re-payment  of  the  debt  outstanding  under  our  credit  facility  and  the  vesting  of  options  under  certain  of  our  equity 
compensation plans may both be accelerated by the triggering of a “change in control” as defined in our credit facility and 
Long-Term Incentive Plan. 

Our largest single shareholder is Grace Brothers, Ltd., which beneficially owns, along with Bradford T. Whitmore, 
29.6% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock.  On June 6, 2007, Mr. Bradford T. Whitmore, general partner 
of Grace Brothers, Ltd., became a member of our Board of Directors and was elected Chair of the Board of Directors on 
March 25, 2010.  If Grace Brothers, Ltd. or any other beneficial owner were to increase its ownership to more than 30%, it 
would  be  deemed  a  “change  in  control”  for  purposes  of  our  2004  Amended  and  Restated  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan,  or 
LTIP.  If a “change in control” were to occur, the vesting of most of the outstanding options granted under our LTIP would 
be accelerated resulting in a significant expense being charged against our income for the period during which the “change in 
control” occurred.  An increase in ownership to 49% or more by any beneficial owner with 5% ownership as of February 17, 
2010, or to 30% by any new owner, or any owner with less than 5% ownership as of February 17, 2010, would result in a 
default under our new credit facility with RBS Capital.   Either of these events could have a material, adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

As of December 31, 2010, we own two buildings in Newark, New York comprising approximately 250,000 square 
feet, which serves operations primarily in the Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems operating segments.  
Our  corporate  headquarters  are  located  in  our  Newark,  New  York  facility.    In  addition,  we  lease  approximately  35,000 
square feet in a facility based in Abingdon, England, which serves operations primarily in the Battery & Energy Products 
operating  segment,  and  approximately  130,000  square  feet  in  four  buildings  on  one  campus  in  Shenzhen,  China,  which 
serves  operations  primarily  in  the  Battery  &  Energy  Products  operating  segment.    The  Shenzhen,  China  campus  location 
includes dormitory facilities.  In the second quarter of 2011, we will begin to lease approximately 32,500 square feet in a 
facility  based  in  Virginia  Beach,  Virginia,  which  serves  operations  primarily  in  the  Communications  Systems  operating 
segment.    We  also  lease  sales  and  administrative  offices,  as  well  as  manufacturing  and  production  facilities,  in  eleven 
separate facilities across the U.S. and one in India.  Our research and development efforts for our Battery & Energy Products 
are  conducted  at  our  Newark,  New  York, West  Point,  Mississippi  and  Shenzhen,  China  facilities,  while  our  research  and 
development  efforts  for  our  Communications  Systems  products  are  conducted  at  our  Newark,  New  York  facility, 
Tallahassee, Florida and our facility in Virginia Beach, Virginia.   On occasion, we rent additional warehouse space to store 
inventory  and  non-operational  equipment.    We  believe  that  our  facilities  are  adequate  and  suitable  for  our  current  needs. 
However,  we  may  require  additional  manufacturing  and  administrative  space  if  demand  for  our  products  and  services 
continues to grow.   

25

 
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

 We are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business.   We believe that the 

final disposition of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of our operations.

In conjunction with our purchase/lease of our Newark, New York facility in 1998, we entered into a payment-in-
lieu of tax agreement, which provided us with real estate tax concessions upon meeting certain conditions.  In connection 
with  this  agreement,  a  consulting  firm  performed  a  Phase  I  and  II  Environmental  Site  Assessment,  which  revealed  the 
existence  of  contaminated  soil  and  ground  water  around  one  of  the  buildings.    We  retained  an  engineering  firm,  which 
estimated that the cost of remediation should be approximately $230.  In February 1998, we entered into an agreement with a 
third  party  which  provides  that  we  and  this  third  party  will  retain  an  environmental  consulting  firm  to  conduct  a 
supplemental  Phase  II  investigation  to  verify  the  existence  of  the  contaminants  and  further  delineate  the  nature  of  the 
environmental  concern.    The  third  party  agreed  to  reimburse  us  for  fifty  percent  (50%)  of  the  cost  of  correcting  the 
environmental  concern  on  the  Newark  property.    We  have  fully  reserved  for  our  portion  of  the  estimated  liability.    Test 
sampling was completed in the spring of 2001, and the engineering report was submitted to the New York State Department 
of  Environmental  Conservation  (“NYSDEC”)  for  review.    NYSDEC  reviewed  the  report  and,  in  January  2002, 
recommended additional testing.  We responded by submitting a work plan to NYSDEC, which was approved in April 2002.  
We sought proposals from engineering firms to complete the remedial work contained in the work plan.  A firm was selected 
to undertake the remediation and in December 2003 the remediation was completed, and was overseen by the NYSDEC. The 
report detailing the remediation project, which included the test results, was forwarded to NYSDEC and to the New York 
State  Department  of  Health  (“NYSDOH”).    The  NYSDEC,  with  input  from  the  NYSDOH,  requested  that  we  perform 
additional sampling.  A work plan for this portion of the project was written and delivered to the NYSDEC and approved.  In 
November 2005, additional soil, sediment and surface water samples were taken from the area outlined in the work plan, as 
well as groundwater samples from the monitoring wells.  We received the laboratory analysis and met with the NYSDEC in 
March 2006 to discuss the results.     On June 30, 2006, the Final Investigation Report was delivered to the NYSDEC by our 
outside environmental consulting firm.  In November 2006, the NYSDEC completed its review of the Final Investigation 
Report  and  requested  additional  groundwater,  soil  and  sediment  sampling.    A  work  plan  to  address  the  additional 
investigation was submitted to the NYSDEC in January 2007 and was approved in April 2007.  Additional investigation 
work was performed in May 2007.  A preliminary report of results was prepared by our outside environmental consulting 
firm in August 2007 and a meeting with the NYSDEC and NYSDOH took place in September 2007.  As a result of this 
meeting, NYSDEC and NYSDOH have requested additional investigation work.  A work plan to address this additional 
investigation  was  submitted  to  and  approved  by  the  NYSDEC  in  November  2007.    Additional  investigation  work  was 
performed in December 2007.  Our environmental consulting firm prepared and submitted a Final Investigation Report in 
January 2009 to the NYSDEC for review.  The NYSDEC reviewed and approved the Final Investigation Report in June 
2009  and  requested  the  development  of  a  Remedial  Action  Plan.    Our  environmental  consulting  firm  developed  and 
submitted the requested plan for review and approval by the NYSDEC.  In October 2009, we received comments back 
from the NYSDEC regarding the content of the remediation work plan.  Our environmental consulting firm incorporated 
the requested changes and submitted a revised work plan to the NYSDEC in January 2010 for review and approval.  Upon 
approval from the NYSDEC, environmental remediation work as completed in July and August 2010.  Our environmental 
consulting  firm  prepared  a  Final  Engineering  report  which  was  submitted  to  the  NYSDEC  for  review  and  approval  in 
October 2010.  Comments on the Final Engineering report and associated documents were received from the NYSDEC in 
December 2010.  Our environmental consulting firm revised the Final Engineering report and submitted the report and 
associated documents to the NYSDEC for review and approval in January 2011.  Through December 31, 2010, total costs 
incurred have amounted to approximately $340, none of which has been capitalized.  At December 31, 2010 and December 
31, 2009, we had $22 and $49, respectively, reserved for this matter. 

ITEM 4.  RESERVED 

26

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market Information 

 Our common stock is included for quotation on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ULBI.” 

The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low closing sales prices of our Common Stock during 2009 

and 2010: 

2009: 
Quarter ended March 29, 2009 
Quarter ended June 28, 2009 
Quarter ended September 27, 2009 
Quarter ended December 31, 2009 

2010: 
Quarter ended March 28, 2010 
Quarter ended June 27, 2010 
Quarter ended September 26, 2010 
Quarter ended December 31, 2010 

Closing Sales Prices

High

Low

$13.87 
8.47 
7.17 
6.06 

$  5.35 
4.94 
4.91 
7.16 

$6.89 
6.30 
5.80 
3.50 

$3.83 
3.97 
4.02 
4.29 

Holders

As of March 10, 2011, there were 373 registered holders of record of our Common Stock. 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None. 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer 

None. 

Dividends

 We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock.   We intend to retain earnings, if any, to 
finance future operations and expansion and, therefore, do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. 
Any  future  payment  of  dividends  will  depend  upon  our  financial  condition,  capital  requirements  and  earnings,  as  well  as 
upon other factors that the Board of Directors may deem relevant.  Pursuant to our current credit facility, we are precluded 
from paying any dividends.  

27

 
           
            
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The financial results presented in this table include results from the last five fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 
2008, 2007 and 2006. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues
Cost of products sold

Gross margin

Research and development expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

Total operating expenses

Operating income (loss)

Interest (expense) income, net
Gain on insurance settlement
Gain on McDowell settlement
Gain on debt conversion
Other income (expense), net

Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax provision (benefit) - current
Income tax provision (benefit) - deferred
Total income taxes

           Year Ended December 31,

2010

2009

2008

2007

2006

$     

178,577
132,008

$     

172,109
135,249

$     

254,700
197,757

$     

137,596
108,822

$       

93,546
76,103

46,569

8,817
29,840
13,793

52,450

(5,881)

(1,169)
-
-
-
171

(6,879)
(555)
(115)
(670)

36,860

9,540
34,682
-

44,222

(7,362)

(1,465)
-
-
-
(13)

(8,840)
31
360
391

56,943

8,138
31,500
-

39,638

17,305

(930)
39
-
313
777

17,504
582
3,297
3,879

28,774

7,000
21,973
-

28,973

(199)

(2,184)
-
7,550
-
493

5,660
-
77
77

17,443

5,097
15,303
-

20,400

(2,957)

(1,298)
191
-
-
311

(3,753)
-
23,735
23,735

Net income (loss)
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontroling interest

$        

(6,209)
30

$        

(9,231)
(10)

$       

13,625
38

$         

5,583
-

$      

(27,488)
-

Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife
Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shares - basic
Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shares - diluted

$       
$          
$          

(6,179)
(0.36)
(0.36)

$       
$          
$          

(9,241)
(0.54)
(0.54)

$      
$           
$           

13,663
0.79
0.78

$         
$           
$           

5,583
0.36
0.36

$     
$          
$          

(27,488)
(1.84)
(1.84)

Weighted average shares outstanding-basic
Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted

17,157
17,157

16,989
16,989

17,230
17,681

15,316
15,538

14,906
14,906

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital
Total assets
Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations
Shareholders' equity

                     December 31,

2010

2009

2008

2007

2006

$         
$       
$     
$            
$       

5,105
39,309
114,835
251
73,795

$         
$       
$     
$            
$       

6,094
27,824
131,166
267
78,114

$         
$       
$     
$         
$       

1,878
42,937
129,587
4,670
88,153

$         
$       
$     
$       
$       

2,245
26,461
122,048
16,224
63,007

$            
$       
$       
$       
$       

720
18,070
97,758
20,043
39,589

28

       
       
       
       
         
         
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                
                   
              
                   
                   
                   
           
                   
                   
                   
              
                   
                   
             
                
              
                   
                   
             
              
           
                
         
             
              
           
                
         
                
               
                
                   
                   
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF 
OPERATIONS.

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements.  This 
report contains certain forward-looking statements and information that are based on the beliefs of management as well as 
assumptions made by and information currently available to management.  The statements contained in this report relating to 
matters  that  are  not  historical  facts  are  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties,  including,  but  not 
limited to, future demand for our products and services, addressing the process of U.S. defense procurement, the successful 
commercialization of our products, the successful integration of our acquired businesses, the impairment of our intangible 
assets,  general  domestic  and  global  economic  conditions,  including  the  uncertainty  with  government  budget  approvals, 
government  and  environmental  regulations,  finalization  of  non-bid  government  contracts,  competition  and  customer 
strategies,  technological  innovations  in  the  non-rechargeable  and  rechargeable  battery  industries,  changes  in  our  business 
strategy  or  development  plans,  capital  deployment,  business  disruptions,  including  those  caused  by  fires,  raw  material 
supplies, environmental regulations, and other risks and uncertainties, certain of which are beyond our control.  Should one 
or  more  of  these  risks  or  uncertainties  materialize,  or  should  underlying  assumptions  prove  incorrect,  actual  results  may 
differ materially from those forward-looking statements described herein.  When used in this report, the words “anticipate”, 
“believe”, “estimate” or “expect” or words of similar import are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  For further 
discussion of certain of the matters described above and other risks and uncertainties, see “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of 
this annual report. 

Undue reliance should not be placed on our forward-looking statements.  Except as required by law, we disclaim 
any obligation to update any factors or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to  any of the forward-looking 
statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K to reflect new information, future events or other developments. 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Consolidated Financial 

Statements and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. 

The  financial  information  in  this  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 

Operations is presented in thousands of dollars, except for share and per share amounts. 

General

We  offer  products  and  services  ranging  from  portable  and  standby  power  solutions  to  communications  and 
electronics  systems.    Through  our  engineering  and  collaborative  approach  to  problem  solving,  we  serve  government, 
defense  and  commercial  customers  across  the  globe.    We  design,  manufacture,  install  and  maintain  power  and 
communications  systems 
rechargeable  and  non-rechargeable  batteries,  standby  power  systems, 
communications and electronics systems and accessories, and custom engineered systems, solutions and services.  We sell 
our  products  worldwide  through  a  variety  of  trade  channels,  including  original  equipment  manufacturers  (“OEMs”), 
industrial and retail distributors, national retailers and directly to U.S. and international defense departments. 

including: 

Beginning  January  1,  2010,  we  now  report  our  results  in  three  operating  segments  instead  of  four:  Battery  & 
Energy Products; Communications Systems; and Energy Services.  This change in segment reporting is more consistent 
with  how  we  now  manage  our  business  operations.    The  Non-Rechargeable  Products  and  Rechargeable  Products 
segments have been combined into a single segment called Battery & Energy Products.  The Communications Systems 
segment  now  includes  our  RedBlack  Communications  business,  which  was  previously  included  in  the  Design  & 
Installation  Services  segment.    The  Design  &  Installation  Services  segment  has  been  renamed  Energy  Services  and 
encompassed  our  standby  power  and  wireless  businesses.  Research,  design  and  development  contract  revenues  and 
expenses, which were previously included in the Design & Installation Services segment, have been captured under the 
respective operating segment in which the work is performed.   

The Battery & Energy Products segment includes: lithium 9-volt, cylindrical and various other non-rechargeable 
batteries,  in  addition  to  rechargeable  batteries,  uninterruptable  power  supplies  and  accessories,  such  as  cables.    The 
Communications  Systems  segment  includes:  power  supplies,  cable  and  connector  assemblies,  RF  amplifiers,  amplified 
speakers,  equipment  mounts,  case  equipment,  integrated  communication  system  kits,  charging  systems  and 
communications  and  electronics  systems  design. The  Energy  Services  segment  includes:  standby  power  and  systems 
design, installation and maintenance activities.  We look at our segment performance at the gross margin level, and we do 
not allocate research and development, except for research, design and development contracts as noted above, or selling, 
general  and  administrative  costs  against  the  segments.  All  other  items  that  do  not  specifically  relate  to  these  three 
segments and are not considered in the performance of the segments are considered to be Corporate charges.   

29

 
 
We continually evaluate ways to grow, including opportunities to expand through mergers, acquisitions and joint 
ventures,  which  can  broaden  the  scope  of  our  products  and  services,  expand  operating  and  market  opportunities  and 
provide the ability to enter new lines of business synergistic with our portfolio of offerings.   

In  March  2008,  we  formed  a  joint  venture,  the  India  JV,  with  our  distributor  partner  in  India.    The  India  JV 
assembles  Ultralife  power  solution  products  and  manages  local  sales  and  marketing  activities,  serving  commercial, 
government and defense customers throughout India.  We have invested $86 in cash into the India JV, as consideration 
for our 51% ownership stake in the India JV. 

In  June  2008,  we  changed  our  corporate  name  from  Ultralife  Batteries,  Inc.  to  Ultralife  Corporation.    The 
purpose of the name change was to align our corporate name more closely with the business now being conducted by us, 
as we are no longer exclusively a battery manufacturing company. 

On November 10, 2008, we acquired certain assets of USE, a nationally recognized standby power installation 
and power management services business.  USE is located in Riverside, California.  Under the terms of the agreement, the 
initial purchase price consisted of $2,865 in cash.  In addition, on the achievement of certain post-acquisition financial 
milestones,  we  were  to  issue  up  to  an  aggregate  amount  of  200,000  unregistered  shares  of  our  common  stock,  over  a 
period  of  four  years.    In  April  2010,  we  entered  in  an  Amendment  Agreement,  where  we  agreed  to  issue  200,000 
unregistered  shares  of  our  common  stock  in  full  satisfaction  of  our  outstanding  obligation  under  the  asset  purchase 
agreement.  (See Note 2 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.)   

On March 20, 2009, we acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all of the liabilities of 
the  tactical  communications  products  business  of  Science  Applications  International  Corporation.    The  tactical 
communications products business (“AMTI”), located in Virginia Beach, Virginia, designs, develops and manufactures 
tactical  communications  products  including  amplifiers,  man-portable  systems,  cables,  power  solutions  and  ancillary 
communications equipment.  Under the terms of the asset purchase agreement for AMTI, the purchase price consisted of 
$5,717 in cash.  (See Note 2 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.)   

On June 1, 2009, the Board of Directors appointed John C. Casper as our Vice-President of Finance and Chief 
Financial  Officer,  succeeding  Robert  W.  Fishback.    In  November  2009,  Mr.  Casper  resigned  from  his  position.    In 
December 2009, Philip A. Fain was appointed Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, succeeding Mr. Casper. 

In the fourth quarter of 2010, we completed an impairment analysis of the goodwill,  intangible assets, and other 
long-lived assets associated with the standby power business included in the Energy Services segment.  As a result of this 
analysis, in connection with the overall decrease in revenues in 2010 compared to 2009 and the declining gross margins over 
the  last  two  years  for  the  standby  power  business,  we  recognized  a  non-cash  impairment  charge  of  $13,793  in  the  fourth 
quarter of 2010 to fully write off the goodwill and intangible assets and partially write off certain fixed assets.  (See Note 3 in 
the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.) 

In December 2010, pursuant to the terms of the Addendum to his Employment Agreement dated May 24, 2010, 
John  D.  Kavazanjian  notified  us  of  his  intention  to  retire,  ceasing  to  serve  as  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer 
effective December 30, 2010.  On December 6, 2010, Michael D. Popielec was appointed President and Chief Executive 
Officer effective December 30, 2010, succeeding John D. Kavazanjian. 

On March 8, 2011, our senior management, as authorized by our Board of Directors, decided to exit our Energy 
Services business.   As a result of management’s ongoing review of our business segments and products, and taking into 
account the growth and profitability potential of the Energy Services segment as well as its sizeable operating losses over 
the  last  several  years,  we  determined  it  was  appropriate  to  refocus  our  operations  on  profitable  growth  opportunities 
presented in our other segments, Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems.  In the fourth quarter of 2010, 
we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $13,793 to write-off the goodwill and intangible assets and certain fixed 
assets associated with the standby power portion of our Energy Services business.  We anticipate that the actions taken to 
exit our Energy Services business will result in the elimination of approximately 40 jobs and the closing of five facilities, 
primarily in California, Florida and Texas, over several months.  We expect to complete all exit activities with respect to 
our Energy Services segment by the end of the third quarter.  Upon completion, we will reclassify our Energy Services 
segment as a discontinued operation. 

In connection with the exit activities described above, we expect that we will record total restructuring charges 
of approximately $3,200, the majority of which are related to employee-related costs, including termination benefits, lease 
termination costs and inventory and fixed asset write-downs, of which approximately $1,200 will be recorded in the first 
quarter of 2011.  The cash component of the aggregate charge is expected to be approximately $2,200. 

30

 
 
 
Currently,  we  do  not  experience  significant  seasonal  sales  trends  in  any  of  our  operating  segments,  although 
sales to the U.S. Defense Department and other international defense organizations can be sporadic based on the needs of 
those particular customers. 

Overview   

Consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by $6,468, or 3.8%, from the year ended 
December 31, 2009.  This increase was primarily caused by increased revenues in our Communications Systems segment 
as a result of deliveries on the SATCOM-on-the-Move order received in May 2010.  Gross margin increased to 26.1% as 
a percentage of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010, as opposed to 21.4% for the year ended December 
31, 2009. Gross margin increased in our Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems operating segments, 
partially  offset  by  the  decrease  in  the  gross  margin  in  our  Energy  Services  operating  segment.    Gross  margin  as  a 
percentage of total revenues for our Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems segments during the year 
ended  December  31,  2010  increased  to  22.9%  and  34.6%,  respectively.    The  primary  reasons  for  the  gross  margin 
improvements were manufacturing efficiencies and higher selling prices realized for some of our products in our Battery 
&  Energy  Products  segment  and  a  favorable  mix  of  high-margin  Communications  Systems  revenue,  including  strong 
SATCOM-on-the-Move and AMTI amplifier revenues. 

Operating expenses increased to $52,450 during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $44,222 during 
the year ended December 31, 2009.   Included in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 was a $13,793 
non-cash asset impairment charge to write-off the goodwill and intangible assets and certain fixed assets associated with 
our standby power business included in our Energy Services segment.  Adjusting for this charge, operating expenses for 
the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased by $5,565 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.  The “across the 
board” cost reduction and consolidation actions we commenced in the latter half of 2009 were primarily responsible for 
this improvement. 

Adjusted  EBITDA, defined as  net  income  (loss)  attributable  to Ultralife  before net  interest  expense, provision 
(benefit) for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, plus/minus expenses/income that we do not consider reflective 
of our ongoing operations, amounted to $14,540 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $(328) for the year 
ended December 31, 2009.  See the section “Adjusted EBITDA” beginning on page 37 for a reconciliation of Adjusted 
EBITDA to net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife. 

With continued cash flow generated from our operations and favorable improvements made to our balance sheet, 
the outstanding balance on our new credit facility was $8,541 at December 31, 2010.  By comparison, at December 31, 
2009, the outstanding revolver balance under our previous credit facility was $15,500. 

Outlook 

Management has updated its full year guidance for 2011. As a result of exiting the Energy Services business and 
reclassifying it as a discontinued operation when complete, management now expects to report revenue of approximately 
$168,000  from  continuing  operations.   Excluding  SATCOM  system  shipments  in  both  periods,  revenue  is  expected  to 
grow by 18% over 2010.  Operating income is expected to be no less than $10,500, excluding the Energy Services closing 
costs of approximately $3,200, representing an operating margin of 6.3%.  This compares favorably to the 2010 operating 
margin of 4.4% adjusting for the $13,793 non-cash impairment charge.  Management cautions that the timing of orders 
and shipments may cause variability in quarterly results. 

31

Results of Operations  

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010 Compared With the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2009 

12 Months Ended

12/31/2010

12/31/2009

Increase /
(Decrease)

Revenues
Cost of products sold
Gross margin
Operating expenses 
Operating income (loss)
Other income (expense), net
Income (loss) before taxes
Income tax provision (benefit)
Net income (loss)
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife
Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shares - basic
Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shares - diluted

$          

$          

$              

178,577
132,008
46,569
52,450
(5,881)
(998)
(6,879)
(670)
(6,209)
30
(6,179)
(0.36)
(0.36)

172,109
135,249
36,860
44,222
(7,362)
(1,478)
(8,840)
391
(9,231)
(10)
(9,241)
(0.54)
(0.54)

$            

$            

$              

$           
$              
$              

$            
$              
$              

$                
$                

6,468
(3,241)
9,709
8,228
1,481
480
1,961
(1,061)
3,022
40
3,062
0.18
0.18

Weighted average shares outstanding-basic
Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted

17,157,000
17,157,000

16,989,000
16,989,000

168,000
168,000

Revenues.   Total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 amounted to $178,577, an increase of 

$6,468, or 3.8% from the $172,109 reported for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009.  

 Battery & Energy Products revenues increased $670, or 0.8%, from $93,973 last year to $94,643 this year.  The 
slight increase in Battery & Energy Products revenues was primarily attributable to higher demand for our rechargeable 
batteries,  including  automotive  telematics  batteries  resulting  from  favorable  economic  conditions  in  the  automotive 
industry, partially offset by lower battery sales to the U.S. Department of Defense.  

Communications Systems revenues increased $11,854, or 19.7%, from $60,322 last year to $72,176 this year.  The 
increase  in  Communications  Systems  revenues  was  mainly  due  to  deliveries  on  the  SATCOM-on-the-Move 
communications systems order we received in May 2010 and amplifier sales resulting from our acquisition of AMTI on 
March 20, 2009 and continued favorable demand for these products. 

Energy Services revenues decreased $6,056, or 34.0%, from $17,814 last year to $11,758 this year.  The decrease in 
Energy  Services  revenues  was  mainly  attributable  to  continued  customer  delays  in  capital  expenditures  for  backup 
stationary power, due to the continued weak economic conditions, primarily attributable to larger capital projects. 

Cost  of  Products  Sold.      Cost  of  products  sold  decreased  $3,241,  or  2.4%,  from  $135,249  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2009 to $132,008 for the year ended December 31, 2010.  Consolidated cost of products sold as a percentage 
of total revenue decreased from 78.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 73.9% for the year ended December 31, 
2010.  Correspondingly, consolidated gross margin was 26.1% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared with 21.4% 
for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily attributable to the margin improvements in the Battery & Energy Products 
and Communications Systems business segments.   

In our Battery & Energy Products segment, the cost of products sold decreased $3,504, from $76,494 in the year 
ended December 31, 2009 to $72,990 in 2010.  Battery & Energy Products gross margin for 2010 was $21,653 or 22.9%, an 
increase of $4,174 from 2009’s gross margin of $17,479, or 18.6%.  Battery & Energy Products gross margin and gross 
margin  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  both  increased  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  primarily  as  a  result  of 
manufacturing efficiencies and higher selling prices and volumes realized for some of our products, in comparison to the 
year ended December 31, 2009.  

In  our  Communications  Systems  segment,  the  cost  of  products  sold  increased  $4,681  from  $42,492  in  2009  to 
$47,173 in 2010. Communications Systems gross margin for 2010 was $25,003, or 34.6%, an increase of $7,173 from 
2009’s gross margin of $17,830, or 29.6%. The increase in both the gross margin and the gross margin percentage for 
Communications  Systems  resulted  from  deliveries  on  the  SATCOM-on-the-Move  communications  systems  order  we 

32

            
            
              
received in May 2010 and from our acquisition of the AMTI amplifier business and increased sales of its higher margin 
products.   

In our Energy Services segment, the cost of sales decreased $4,418, from $16,263 for the year ended December 31, 
2009, to $11,845 in 2010. Energy Services gross margin for 2010 was $(87), or (0.7)%, compared to 2009’s gross margin 
of $1,551, or 8.7%.  Gross margin and the gross margin percentage in this particular segment both decreased mainly due 
to lower sales caused by project delays and ongoing pricing pressures in this industry. 

Operating Expenses.  Total operating expenses increased $8,228, from $44,222 for the year ended December 31, 
2009 to $52,450 for the year ended December 31, 2010.  Overall, operating expenses as a percentage of sales increased to 
29.4% in 2010 from 25.7% reported the prior year.  Included in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 
was a $13,793 non-cash asset impairment charge to write-off the goodwill and intangible assets and certain fixed assets 
associated with our Energy Services business.  Adjusting for this charge, operating expenses for the year ended December 
31, 2010 decreased by $5,565 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.  The “across the board” cost reduction and 
consolidation  actions  we  commenced  in  the  latter  half  of  2009  were  primarily  responsible  for  this  improvement.  
Amortization  expense  associated  with  intangible  assets  related  to  our  acquisitions  was  $1,428  for  2010  ($957  in  selling, 
general and administrative expenses and $471 in research and development costs), compared with $1,683 for 2009 ($1,146 
in selling, general, and administrative expenses and $537 in research and development costs).  Research and development 
costs were $8,817 in 2010, a decrease of $723 or 7.6%, over the $9,540 reported in 2009, with the decrease due to the timing 
of  development  projects  relating  primarily  to  advanced  battery  systems.    Selling,  general,  and  administrative  expenses 
decreased $4,842, or 14.0%, to $29,840.  This decrease represents the results of our broad actions to reduce our overall 
spending base in non-revenue producing functions, as well as approximately $1,200 of non-recurring expenses that were 
recorded in the second quarter of 2009 associated with staff reductions and legal expenses relating to a litigation matter 
that was successfully resolved. 

Other  Income  (Expense).    Other  income  (expense)  totaled  $(998)  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010, 
compared to $(1,478) for the year ended December 31, 2009.  Interest expense, net of interest income, decreased $296, from 
$1,465 for 2009 to $1,169 for 2010, mainly  as a result of  lower average  borrowings under our revolving credit facilities, 
partially offset by expenses related to the termination of our previous credit facility with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and 
Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company during the first quarter of the year.  Miscellaneous income/expense amounted to 
income of $171 for 2010 compared with expense of $13 for 2009.  The income in 2010 was primarily due to the transactions 
impacted by changes in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar.   

Income Taxes. We reflected a tax benefit of $670 for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010 compared 
with a tax provision of $391 in the same period of 2009.  The 2010 tax benefit is principally a result of our realization of a 
current tax benefit related to our election in 2010 to carry back the 2009 net operating loss to the prior five tax years.  This
amount was partially offset by state income taxes due for 2010.  This election resulted in us receiving a refund of alternative
minimum taxes paid in the prior five years.  In addition, we realized a deferred tax benefit as a result of the reassessment of
the net required deferred tax liability.  This reassessment was required due to the impairment of certain goodwill and other 
intangible assets relating to the standby power business in 2010. 

The effective consolidated tax rate for the twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was: 

Twelve-Month Periods Ended
December 31, 

2010

2009

Income (Loss) before Incomes Taxes (a) 

$ (6,879) 

$ (8,840) 

Total Income Tax Provision (Benefit) (b) 

$    (670) 

$     391 

Effective Tax Rate (b/a) 

(9.7)%

4.4%

In 2010 and 2009, we continue to report a valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets that cannot be offset by 
reversing temporary differences in the U.S., the U.K. and China arising from the conclusion that we would not be able to 
utilize our U.S., U.K. and China NOL’s that had accumulated over time.  The recognition of the valuation allowance on our 
deferred tax asset resulted from our evaluation of all available evidence, both positive and negative.  The assessment of the 
realizability of the NOL’s was based on a number of factors including, our history of net operating losses, the volatility of 
our earnings, our historical operating volatility, our historical ability to accurately forecast earnings for future periods and the 
continued  uncertainty  of  the  general  business  climate  as  of  the  end  of  2010.      We  concluded  that  these  factors  represent 
sufficient negative evidence and have concluded that we should record a full valuation allowance under FASB’s guidance on 
33

the  accounting  for  income  taxes.    (See  Notes  1  and  8  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional 
information.)  We continually assess the carrying value of this asset based on relevant accounting standards. 

We have determined that a change in ownership, as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 382, occurred in 
2005 and 2006. As such, the domestic NOL carryforward will be subject to an annual limitation estimated to be in the range 
of  approximately  $12,000  to  $14,500.    The  unused  portion  of  the  annual  limitation  can  be  carried  forward  to  subsequent 
periods. Our ability to utilize NOL carryforwards due to the successive ownership changes is currently limited to a minimum 
of  approximately  $12,000  annually,  plus  the  carryover  from  unused  portions  of  the  annual  limitations.    We  believe  such 
limitation will not impact our ability to realize the deferred tax asset.   

In addition, certain of our NOL carryforwards are subject to U.S. alternative minimum tax such that carryforwards 
can  offset  only  90%  of  alternative  minimum  taxable  income.    This  limitation  did  not  have  an  impact  on  income  taxes 
determined for 2010 and 2009.  The use of our U.K. NOL carryforwards may be limited due to the change in the U.K. 
operation  during  2008  from  a  manufacturing  and  assembly  center  to  primarily  a  distribution  and  service  center.    For 
further discussion, see “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this annual report. 

Net  Income  (Loss)  Attributable  to  Ultralife. Net  loss  attributable  to  Ultralife  and  loss  attributable  to  Ultralife 
common  shareholders  per  diluted  share  were  $6,179  and  $0.36,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010, 
compared  to  net  loss  attributable  to  Ultralife  and  loss  attributable  to  Ultralife  common  shareholders  per  diluted  share  of 
$9,241 and $0.54, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily as a result of the reasons described above.  
Average  common  shares  outstanding  used  to  compute  diluted  earnings  per  share  increased  from  16,989,000  in  2009  to 
17,157,000  in  2010,  mainly  due  to  the  issuance  of  200,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  to  the  former  principals  of  U.S. 
Energy under the Amended Purchase Agreement in April 2010.  

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2009 Compared With the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2008 

12 Months Ended

12/31/2009

12/31/2008

Increase /
(Decrease)

Revenues
Cost of products sold
Gross margin
Operating expenses 
Operating income (loss)
Other income (expense), net
Income (loss) before taxes
Income tax provision
Net income (loss)
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife
Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shares - basic
Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shares - diluted

$          

$          

$          

172,109
135,249
36,860
44,222
(7,362)
(1,478)
(8,840)
391
(9,231)
(10)
(9,241)
(0.54)
(0.54)

254,700
197,757
56,943
39,638
17,305
199
17,504
3,879
13,625
38
13,663
0.79
0.78

$            

$            

$          

$           
$              
$              

$            
$                
$                

$              
$              

(82,591)
(62,508)
(20,083)
4,584
(24,667)
(1,677)
(26,344)
(3,488)
(22,856)
(48)
(22,904)
(1.33)
(1.32)

Weighted average shares outstanding-basic
Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted

16,989,000
16,989,000

17,230,000
17,681,000

(241,000)
(692,000)

Revenues.   Total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 amounted to $172,109, a decrease of 

$82,591, or 32.4% from the $254,700 reported for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008.  

Battery & Energy Products revenues decreased $1,236, or 1.3%, from $95,209 last year to $93,973 this year.  The 
decrease in revenues was mainly attributable to a decline in sales to automotive telematics customers due to the recession, 
offset  in  part  by  higher  shipments  of  our  BA-5390  batteries  to  government/defense  customers  and  increased  demand  for 
rechargeable batteries and charging systems from U.S. defense customers. 

Communications  Systems  revenues  decreased  $87,848,  or  59.3%,  from  $148,170  last  year  to  $60,322  this  year.  
The decrease in Communications Systems revenues was mainly attributable to large deliveries of SATCOM-On-The-Move 
systems in 2008, which did not reoccur to the same extent in 2009.  This decrease was partially offset by the acquisition of 
AMTI in March 2009. 

34

            
            
            
Energy Services revenues increased $6,493, or 57.4%, from $11,321 last year to $17,814 this year.  The increase in 
Energy  Services  revenues  was  mainly  attributable  to  the  added  revenue  base  provided  from  the  acquisition  of  USE  in 
November 2008. 

Cost  of  Products  Sold.     Cost of products sold decreased $62,508, or 31.6%, from $197,757 for the year ended 
December 31, 2008 to $135,249 for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily as a result of the decrease in revenues.  
Consolidated  cost  of  products  sold  as  a  percentage  of  total  revenue  increased  from  77.6%  for  the  twelve  months  ended 
December  31,  2008  to  78.6%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009.    Correspondingly,  consolidated  gross  margins  was 
21.4%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  compared  with  22.4%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  generally 
attributable  to  the  margin  decrease  in  the  Energy  Services  segment,  offset  by  improvements  in  the  Battery  &  Energy 
Products and Communications Systems segments.   

In our Battery & Energy Products segment, the cost of products sold decreased $3,444, from $79,938 in the year 
ended December 31, 2008 to $76,494 in 2009.  Battery & Energy Products gross margin for 2009 was $17,479, or 18.6%, an 
increase of $2,208 from 2008’s gross margin of $15,271, or 16.0%.  Battery & Energy Products gross margin and gross 
margin  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  both  increased  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  primarily  as  a  result  of 
favorable  product  mix,  as  well  as  lower  costs  for  material  and  component  parts,  in  comparison  to  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2008.  Also, the approximate $750 restructuring charge that was recorded relating to the transition of our 
U.K. operations from a manufacturing and distribution facility to a distribution and service center designed to enhance our 
ability  to  serve  our  customers,  including  the  U.K.  Ministry  of  Defence,  resulting  in  employee  termination  costs  and 
certain asset valuation adjustments in 2008, did not reoccur in 2009.  

In our Communications Systems segment, the cost of products sold decreased $65,369, from $107,861 in 2008 to 
$42,492 in 2009. Communications Systems gross margin for 2009 was $17,830, or 29.6%, a decrease of $22,479 from 
2008’s  gross  margin  of  $40,309,  or  27.2%.  The  increase  in  the  gross  margin  percentage  for  Communications  Systems 
resulted  from  product  mix  and  the  recognition  of  a  gain  on  litigation  settlement  totaling  $1,256,  in  relation  to  the 
settlement of an ongoing litigation with a vendor.   

In our Energy Services segment, the cost of sales increased $6,305, from $9,958 for the year ended December 31, 
2008, to $16,263 in 2009. Energy Services gross margin for 2009 was $1,551, or 8.7%, compared to 2008’s gross margin 
of $1,363, or 12.0%.  Gross margin in this particular segment was weaker than expected due to continued intense price 
competition  with  component  suppliers,  relatively  low  margin  jobs  that  carried  over  from  2008  into  2009,  and  ongoing 
integration efforts related to the USE acquisition. 

Operating Expenses.  Total operating expenses increased $4,584, from $39,638 for the year ended December 31, 
2008 to $44,222 for the year ended December 31, 2009.  Overall, operating expenses as a percentage of sales increased to 
25.7%  in  2009  from  15.6%  reported  the  prior  year,  due  to  the  overall  expense  increase  over  a  lower  revenue  base.    In 
response to this unfavorable change to the percentage of sales, we have consolidated some of our operations to lower the 
fixed  costs basis  of  our  operations, performed  an overall  cost reduction analysis  and  tightened our  cost  controls,  along 
with deferring some of our discretionary spending.  Amortization expense associated with intangible assets related to our 
acquisitions  was  $1,683  for  2009  ($1,146  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  and  $537  in  research  and 
development costs), compared with $2,119 for 2008 ($1,486 in selling, general, and administrative expenses and $633 in 
research and development costs).  Research and development costs were $9,540 in 2009, an increase of $1,402, or 17.2%, 
over  the  $8,138  reported  in  2008,  as  we  increased  our  investment  on  product  development  and  design  activity.    Selling, 
general, and administrative expenses increased $3,182, or 10.1%, to $34,682.  This increase was comprised of costs related 
to  recently  acquired  companies,  in  addition  to  higher  sales  and  marketing  expenses  related  to  development  of  new 
territories for the standby power business and generally higher administrative costs. 

Other  Income  (Expense).    Other  income  (expense)  totaled  $(1,478)  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009, 
compared to $199 for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Interest expense, net of interest income, increased $535, from 
$930 for 2008 to $1,465 for 2009, mainly as a result of higher average borrowings under our revolving credit facility.  In 
2008,  we  recognized  a  gain  of  $313  on  the  early  conversion  of  the  $10,500  convertible  notes  held  by  the  sellers  of 
McDowell,  which  related  to  an  increase  in  the  interest  rate  on  the  notes  from  4.0%  to  5.0%  in  October  2007.   
Miscellaneous income/expense amounted to expense of $13 for 2009 compared with income of $816 for 2008.  The income 
in 2008 was primarily due to the recognition of $300 in grant revenue from the satisfaction of all the requirements from a 
government grant in 2008 and the transactions impacted by changes in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar.   

Income  Taxes.  We  reflected  a  tax  provision  of  $391  for  the  twelve-month  period  ended  December  31,  2009 
compared  with  $3,879  in  the  same  period  of  2008.    The  2008  tax  provision  included  an  approximate  $3,100  non-cash 
charge to record a deferred tax liability for liabilities generated from goodwill and certain intangible assets that cannot be 

35

predicted to reverse for book purposes during our loss carryforward periods.  Substantially all of this adjustment related to 
book/tax differences that occurred during 2007 and were identified during the second quarter of 2008.  In connection with 
this adjustment, we reviewed the illustrative list of qualitative considerations provided in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 
No. 99 and other qualitative factors in our determination that this adjustment was not material to the 2007 consolidated 
financial statements.   

The effective consolidated tax rate for the twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was: 

Twelve-Month Periods Ended 
December 31, 

2009

2008 

Income (Loss) before Incomes Taxes (a) 

$ (8,840) 

$ 17,504 

Total Income Tax Provision (b) 

$     391 

$   3,879 

Effective Tax Rate (b/a) 

4.4%

22.2%

In 2009 and 2008, we continue to report a valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets that cannot be offset by 
reversing temporary differences in the U.S., the U.K. and China arising from the conclusion that we would not be able to 
utilize our U.S., U.K. and China NOL’s that had accumulated over time.  The recognition of the valuation allowance on our 
deferred tax asset resulted from our evaluation of all available evidence, both positive and negative.  The assessment of the 
realizability of the NOL’s was based on a number of factors including, our history of net operating losses, the volatility of 
our earnings, our historical operating volatility, our historical ability to accurately forecast earnings for future periods and the 
continued  uncertainty  of  the  general  business  climate  as  of  the  end  of  2009.      We  concluded  that  these  factors  represent 
sufficient negative evidence and have concluded that we should record a full valuation allowance under FASB’s guidance on 
the  accounting  for  income  taxes.    (See  Notes  1  and  8  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional 
information.)  We continually assess the carrying value of this asset based on relevant accounting standards. 

We have determined that a change in ownership, as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 382, occurred in 
2005 and 2006. As such, the domestic NOL carryforward will be subject to an annual limitation estimated to be in the range 
of  approximately  $12,000  to  $14,500.    The  unused  portion  of  the  annual  limitation  can  be  carried  forward  to  subsequent 
periods. Our ability to utilize NOL carryforwards due to the successive ownership changes is currently limited to a minimum 
of  approximately  $12,000  annually,  plus  the  carryover  from  unused  portions  of  the  annual  limitations.    We  believe  such 
limitation will not impact our ability to realize the deferred tax asset.   

In addition, certain of our NOL carryforwards are subject to U.S. alternative minimum tax such that carryforwards 
can  offset  only  90%  of  alternative  minimum  taxable  income.    This  limitation  did  not  have  an  impact  on  income  taxes 
determined for 2009.  However, this limitation did have an impact of $559 on income taxes determined for 2008.  The use of 
our U.K. NOL carryforwards may be limited due to the change in the U.K. operation during 2008 from a manufacturing 
and assembly center to primarily a distribution and service center.  For further discussion, see “Risk Factors” in Item 1A 
of this annual report. 

Net  Income  (Loss)  Attributable  to  Ultralife. Net  loss  attributable  to  Ultralife  and  loss  attributable  to  Ultralife 
common  shareholders  per  diluted  share  were  $9,241  and  $0.54,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009, 
compared to net income attributable to Ultralife and earnings attributable to Ultralife common shareholders per diluted share 
of $13,663 and $0.78, respectively, for  the  year ended December 31, 2008, primarily as a result of the reasons described 
above.  Average common shares outstanding used to compute diluted earnings per share decreased from 17,681 in 2008 to 
16,989 in 2009, mainly due to the share repurchase program we initiated in the fourth quarter of 2008, offset by stock option 
and warrant exercises, restricted stock grants, and potentially dilutive shares from unexercised options and convertible notes.

36

Adjusted EBITDA

In  evaluating  our  business,  we  consider  and  use  Adjusted  EBITDA,  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure,  as  a 
supplemental  measure  of  our  operating  performance. We  define  Adjusted  EBITDA  as net  income  (loss)  attributable  to 
Ultralife  before  net  interest  expense,  provision  (benefit)  for  income  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization,  plus/minus 
expenses/income  that  we  do  not  consider  reflective  of  our  ongoing  operations.  We  use  Adjusted  EBITDA  as  a 
supplemental measure to review and assess our operating performance and to enhance comparability between periods. We 
also believe the use of Adjusted EBITDA facilitates investors’ use of operating performance comparisons from period to 
period  and  company  to  company  by  backing  out  potential  differences  caused  by  variations  in  such  items  as  capital 
structures (affecting relative interest expense and stock-based compensation expense), the book amortization of intangible 
assets  (affecting  relative  amortization  expense),  the  age  and  book  value  of  facilities  and  equipment  (affecting  relative 
depreciation  expense)  and  other  significant  non-cash,  non-operating  expenses  or  income.  We  also  present  Adjusted 
EBITDA  because  we  believe  it  is  frequently  used  by  securities  analysts,  investors  and  other  interested  parties  as  a 
measure of financial performance.  We reconcile Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife, the most 
comparable financial measure under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). 

We use Adjusted EBITDA in our decision-making processes relating to the operation of our business together with 
U.S.  GAAP  financial  measures  such  as  income  (loss)  from  operations.    We  believe  that  Adjusted  EBITDA  permits  a 
comparative  assessment  of  our  operating  performance,  relative  to  our  performance  based  on  our  U.S.  GAAP  results, 
while isolating the effects of depreciation and amortization, which may vary from period to period without any correlation 
to underlying operating performance, and of non-cash stock-based compensation, which is a non-cash expense that varies 
widely among companies.  We provide information relating to our Adjusted EBITDA so that securities analysts, investors 
and other interested parties have the same data that we employ in assessing our overall operations.  We believe that trends 
in our Adjusted EBITDA are a valuable indicator of our operating performance on a consolidated basis and of our ability 
to  produce  operating  cash  flows  to  fund  working  capital  needs,  to  service  debt  obligations  and  to  fund  capital 
expenditures. 

The term Adjusted EBITDA is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and is not a measure of operating income, operating 
performance  or  liquidity  presented  in  accordance  with  U.S. GAAP.    Our  Adjusted  EBITDA  has  limitations  as  an 
analytical tool, and when assessing our operating performance, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation, 
or as a substitute for net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife or other consolidated statement of operations data prepared 
in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  Some of these limitations include, but are not limited to, the following:  

• Adjusted  EBITDA  does  not  reflect  (1)  our  cash  expenditures  or  future  requirements  for  capital 
expenditures  or  contractual  commitments;  (2)  changes  in,  or  cash  requirements  for,  our  working  capital 
needs;  (3)  the  interest  expense,  or  the  cash  requirements  necessary  to  service  interest  or  principal 
payments, on our debt; (4) income taxes or the cash requirements for any tax payments; and (5) all of the 
costs associated with operating our business; 

•

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized 
often will have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements 
for such replacements; 

• while  stock-based  compensation  is  a  component  of  cost  of  products  sold  and  operating  expenses,  the 
impact on our consolidated financial statements compared to other companies can vary significantly due to 
such factors as assumed life of the stock-based awards and assumed volatility of our common stock; and 

•

other  companies  may  calculate  Adjusted  EBITDA  differently  than  we  do,  limiting  its  usefulness  as  a 
comparative measure. 

We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our U.S. GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA only 
supplementally.  Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows for the periods presented:  

37

Years ended December 31, 
2009

2008

2010

Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife 
Add: interest expense, net 
Add (Less): income tax provision (benefit) 
Add: depreciation expense 
Add: amortization expense 
Add: stock-based compensation expense 
Add: impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets 
Less: gain on debt conversion 

$   (6,179)  
1,169 
(670) 
3,922 
1,428 
1,077 
13,793 
-

$   (9,241)   
1,465 
391 
4,044 
1,683 
1,330 
-
-

$   13,663  
930 
3,879 
3,851 
2,119 
2,266 
-
 (313)

Adjusted EBITDA 

$  14,540

$       (328)   

$   26,395    

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Cash Flows and General Business Matters 

As of December 31, 2010, cash and cash equivalents totaled $4,641, a decrease of $1,453 from the beginning of the 
year.    During  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2010,  we  generated  $10,909  of  cash  from  operating  activities  as 
compared to generating $2,032 of cash for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009.  The cash from operating activities 
provided in 2010 was mainly attributable to our pre-tax loss of $6,879, plus an addback of $6,427 for non-cash expenses of 
depreciation,  amortization  and  stock-based  compensation  and  an  impairment  charge  of  goodwill  and  long-lived  assets  of 
$13,793.  Approximately $2,689 of cash was used for working capital due mainly to increases in accounts receivable, due to 
timing of orders, and prepaid expenses and a decrease in accounts payable, offset by a decrease in inventories.  For 2009, the 
cash generated from operating activities of $2,032 was mainly attributable to a pre-tax loss of $8,840, plus an addback of 
$7,057 for non-cash expenses of depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation, and partially offset by a gain on 
litigation  settlement  of  $1,256.    Approximately  $3,106  of cash  was  used  for  working  capital  due  mainly  to  a  decrease  in 
inventories, offset by increases in accounts receivable due to timing of orders and a decrease in accounts payable.

We  used  $1,951  in  cash  for  investing  activities  during  2010  compared  with  $8,801  in  cash  used  for  investing 
activities  in  2009.    In  2010,  we  spent  $1,815  to  purchase  plant,  property  and  equipment,  $464  was  used  to  establish  a 
restricted  cash  fund  in  connection  with  our  U.K.  operations,  and  $137  was  used  in  connection  with  the  contingent 
purchase price payout related to RPS Power Systems, Inc. (“RPS”).  In addition, we received $465 in cash proceeds from 
dispositions of property, plant and equipment.  In 2009, we spent $2,035 to purchase plant, property and equipment, and 
$6,766  was  used  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  AMTI,  as  well  as  contingent  purchase  price  payouts  related  to 
RedBlack and RPS.   

During 2010, we used $10,629 in funds from financing activities compared to the generation of $10,761 in funds 
in  2009.    The  financing  activities  in  2010  included  outflows  of  $6,959  for  repayments  on  the  revolver  portion  of  our 
primary credit facilities and $3,725 for principal payments on debt and capital lease obligations, and an inflow of cash 
from stock option exercises of $55.  The financing activities in 2009 included inflows of $15,500 from drawdowns on the 
revolver portion of our primary credit facility, $751 for proceeds from the issuance of debt, and $349 from stock option 
and warrant exercises, partially offset by outflows of $2,519 for principal payments on term debt under our primary credit 
facility  and  capital  lease  obligations  and  $3,326  for  the  purchase  of  treasury  shares  related  to  our  share  repurchase 
program. 

Although we booked a full reserve for our deferred tax asset during the fourth quarter of 2006 and continued to 
carry this reserve as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, we continue to have significant U.S. NOL’s available to us to utilize 
as  an  offset  to  taxable  income.    As  of  December  31,  2010,  none  of  our  U.S.  NOL’s  have  expired.    During  2008,  we 
utilized $27,682 of our U.S. NOL carryforwards such that over the next five years, there are no scheduled expirations of 
our U.S. NOL’s.  (See Note 8 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.) 

Inventory turnover for the year ended December 31, 2010 averaged 3.4 turns compared to 2.7 turns for 2009. The 
increase in this metric is mainly due to our conscious efforts to more closely align our inventory purchases with our orders.  
Our  Days  Sales  Outstanding  (DSOs)  was  an  average  of  62  days  for  2010,  a  decrease  from  the  2009  average  of  69  days, 
mainly due to our greater overall focus on asset management.   
38

 
 
 
 
 Our order backlog at December 31, 2010 was approximately $42,737.  The majority of the backlog was related to 

orders that are expected to ship throughout 2011. 

As of December 31, 2010, we had made commitments to purchase approximately $275 of production machinery 

and equipment, which we expect to fund through operating cash flows or the use of debt. 

Potential Commitments 

                 We had certain “exigent”, non-bid contracts with the U.S. government, which were subject to audit and final price 
adjustment, which resulted  in  decreased  margins compared with  the original terms of the contracts.  As of December 31, 
2010, there were no outstanding exigent contracts with the government.  As part of its due diligence, the government has 
conducted post-audits of the completed exigent contracts to ensure that information used in supporting the pricing of exigent 
contracts  did  not  differ  materially  from  actual  results.    In  September  2005,  the  Defense  Contracting  Audit  Agency 
(“DCAA”)  presented  its  findings  related  to  the  audits  of  three  of  the  exigent  contracts,  suggesting  a  potential  pricing 
adjustment of approximately $1,400 related to reductions in the cost of materials that occurred prior to the final negotiation 
of these contracts.  We have reviewed these audit reports, have submitted our response to these audits and believe, taken as a 
whole,  the  proposed  audit  adjustments  can  be  offset  with  the  consideration  of  other  compensating  cost  increases  that 
occurred prior to the final negotiation of the contracts.  While we believe that potential exposure exists relating to any final
negotiation  of  these  proposed  adjustments,  we  cannot  reasonably  estimate  what,  if  any,  adjustment  may  result  when 
finalized.    In  addition,  in  June  2007,  we  received  a  request  from  the  Office  of  Inspector  General  of  the  Department  of 
Defense (“DoD IG”) seeking certain information and documents relating to our business with the Department of Defense.  
We  continue  to  cooperate  with  the  DCAA  audit  and  DoD  IG  inquiry  by  making  available  to  government  auditors  and 
investigators  our  personnel  and  furnishing  the  requested  information  and  documents.    The  DCAA  Audit  and  DoD  IG 
inquiry  have  now  been  consolidated  and  the  US  Attorney’s  Office  is  representing  the  government  in  connection  with 
these matters.  We recently received a settlement proposal from the US Attorney which was based on the non-acceptance 
of various positions submitted by us in discussions and exchanges related to these matters.  We are now reviewing the 
settlement proposal for purposes of preparing our response.  At this time we have no basis for quantifying any penalties or 
liabilities  we  might  face  on  account  of  the  DCAA  Audit  and  DoD  IG  inquiry.    The  aforementioned  DCAA-related 
adjustments could reduce margins and, along with the aforementioned DOD IG inquiry, could have an adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations.    

From  August  2002  through  August  2006,  we  participated  in  a  self-insured  trust  to  manage  our  workers’ 
compensation activity for our employees in New York State.  All members of this trust had, by design, joint and several 
liability during the time they participated in the trust.  In August 2006, we left the self-insured trust and have obtained 
alternative coverage for our workers’ compensation program through a third-party insurer. In the third quarter of 2006, we 
confirmed  that  the  trust  was  in  an  underfunded  position  (i.e.  the  assets  of  the  trust  were  insufficient  to  cover  the 
actuarially  projected  liabilities  associated  with  the  members  in  the  trust).    In  the  third  quarter  of  2006,  we  recorded  a 
liability and an associated expense of $350 as an estimate of our potential future cost related to the trust’s underfunded 
status based on our estimated level of participation.  On April 28, 2008, we, along with all other members of the trust, 
were served  by  the  State  of New  York Workers’  Compensation  Board (“Compensation  Board”) with  a Summons with 
Notice that was filed in Albany County Supreme Court, wherein the Compensation Board put all members of the trust on 
notice that it would be seeking approximately $1,000 in previously billed and unpaid assessments and further assessments 
estimated to be not less than $25,000 arising from the accumulated estimated under-funding of the trust.  The Summons 
with Notice did not contain a complaint or a specified demand.  We timely filed a Notice of Appearance in response to the 
Summons with Notice.  On June 16, 2008, we were served with a Verified Complaint.  Subject to the results of a deficit 
reconstruction that was pending, the Verified Complaint estimated that the trust was underfunded by $9,700 during the 
period of December 1, 1997 – November 30, 2003 and an additional $19,400 for the period December 1, 2003 – August 
31,  2006.    The  Verified  Complaint  estimated  our  pro-rata  share  of  the  liability  for  the  period  of  December  1,  1997  – 
November 30, 2003 to be $195.  The Verified Complaint did not contain a pro-rata share liability estimate for the period 
of December 1, 2003-August 31, 2006.  Further, the Verified Complaint stated that all estimates of the underfunded status 
of  the  trust  and  the  pro-rata  share  liability  for  the  period  of  December  1,  1997-November  30,  2003  were  subject  to 
adjustment  based  on  a  forensic  audit  of  the  trust  that  was  being  conducted  on  behalf  of  the  Compensation  Board  by  a 
third-party audit firm.  We timely filed our Verified Answer with Affirmative Defenses on July 24, 2008.  In November 
2009, the New York Attorney General’s office presented the results of the deficit reconstruction of the trust.  As a result 
of the deficit reconstruction, the State of New York has determined that the trust was underfunded by $19,100 instead of 
$29,100 during the period December 1, 1997 to August 31, 2006.  Our pro-rata share of the liability was determined to be 
$452.    The  Attorney  General’s  office  has  proposed  a  settlement  by  which  we  may  avoid  joint  and  several  liability  in 
exchange for settlement payment of $520.  Under the terms of the settlement agreement, we can satisfy our obligations by 
either  paying  (i)  a  lump  sum  of  $468,  representing  a  10%  discount,  (ii)  paying  the  entire  amount  in  twelve  monthly 

39

installments  of  $43  commencing  the  month  following  execution  of  the  settlement  agreement,  or  (iii)  paying  the  entire 
amount  in  monthly  installments  over  a  period  of  up  to  five  years,  with  interest  of  6.0,  6.5,  7.0,  and  7.5%  for  the  two, 
three, four and five year periods, respectively.  We elected the twelve monthly installments option and on May 3, 2010, 
we received written notice from the Attorney General’s office that the Compensation Board had decided to proceed with 
the settlement, as proposed, and that payments would commence in June 2010.  As of December 31, 2010, our reserve is 
$217 to account for the remaining five monthly installments of the $520 settlement amount. 

In connection with our acquisition of Stationary Power on November 16, 2007, the purchase agreement specified an 
adjustment mechanism based upon Stationary Power’s closing date net worth balance relative to a previously-agreed amount 
of $500.  The final net value of the “Net Worth”, under the stock purchase agreement, was $339, resulting in a revised 
initial purchase price of $9,839.  In addition, there is a contingent payout of up to 100,000 shares of our common stock to be 
earned  upon  the  achievement  of  certain  post-acquisition  annual  sales  milestones  through  the  measurement  period  ended 
December 31, 2012.  Through the year ended December 31, 2010, we have issued no shares of our common stock relating 
to this contingent consideration. 

In connection with our acquisition of RPS on November 16, 2007, on the achievement of certain post-acquisition 
sales milestones, we will pay the previous owners of RPS, in cash, 5% of sales up to the sales in the operating plan, and 
10%  of  sales  that  exceed  the  sales  in  the  operating  plan,  for  the  remainder  of  the  calendar  year  2007  and  for  calendar 
years 2008, 2009 and 2010.  The additional contingent cash consideration is payable in annual installments, and excludes 
sales  made  to Stationary Power, which historically  have comprised  substantially  all  of  RPS’s sales.     During 2009,  we 
made  cash  payments  of  $49  for  contingent  consideration  earned  through  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008.    During 
2010, we made cash payments of $137 for contingent consideration earned through the year ended December 31, 2009.  
For the year ended December 31, 2010, we have recorded an additional $68 in contingent cash consideration. 

In connection with our acquisition of USE on November 10, 2008, there was a contingent payout of up to 200,000 
shares of our unregistered common stock to be earned upon the achievement of certain post-acquisition revenue milestones.  
On  April  27,  2010,  we  entered  into  Amendment  No.  2  to  the  USE  asset  purchase  agreement.    Under  the  terms  of 
Amendment  No.  2,  we  agreed  to  issue  an  aggregate  of  200,000  shares  of  our  unregistered  common  stock,  valued  at 
approximately  $858,  in  full  satisfaction  of  our  outstanding  obligations  under  the  USE  asset  purchase  agreement.    We 
elected  to  enter  into  Amendment  No.  2  because  our  consolidation  plan  and  the  reorganization  of  our  reporting  units 
involved  reorganizing  the  operations  of  the  business  purchased  in  the  USE  asset  purchase  agreement.    The  post-
acquisition  revenue  milestones  in  the  USE  asset  purchase  agreement  did  not  support  our  current  consolidation  and 
reorganization plans and it was determined that it would be in our best interests to satisfy our obligations under the USE 
asset purchase agreement.  Amendment No. 2 did not change our original assessment that the contingent payout of shares 
of common stock was related to the acquisition of the assets of USE.  Accordingly, we reflected the payment as additional 
purchase price.  Our evaluation in the fourth quarter of 2010, with new information available at that time and based on the 
overall operations of the standby power business, resulted in the impairment charges previously discussed and included 
the contingent consideration related to Amendment No. 2.  (See Note 2 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
for additional information.) 

Debt and Lease Commitments 

At December 31, 2010, we had outstanding capital lease obligations of $364.  

On  February  17,  2010,  we  entered  into  a  new  senior  secured  asset  based  revolving  credit  facility  (“Credit 
Facility”)  of  up  to  $35,000  with  RBS  Business  Capital,  a  division  of  RBS  Asset  Finance,  Inc.  (“RBS”).  The proceeds 
from the Credit Facility can be used for general working capital purposes, general corporate purposes, and letter of credit 
foreign exchange support.  The Credit Facility has a maturity date of February 17, 2013 (“Maturity Date”).  The Credit 
Facility is secured by substantially all of our assets.  At closing, we paid RBS a facility fee of $263.    

On  February  18,  2010,  we  drew  down  $9,870  from  the  Credit  Facility  to  repay  all  outstanding  amounts  due 
under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Manufacturers and Traders 
Trust  Company,  with  JP  Morgan  Chase  Bank  acting  as  the  administrative  agent.  Our  available  borrowing  under  the 
Credit Facility fluctuates from time to time based upon amounts of eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory.  
Available borrowings under the Credit Facility equals the lesser of (1) $35,000 or (2) 85% of eligible accounts receivable 
plus  the  lesser  of  (a)  up  to  70%  of  the  book  value  of  our  eligible  inventory  or  (b)  85%  of  the  appraised  net  orderly 
liquidation value of our eligible inventory.  The borrowing base under the Credit Facility is further reduced by (1) the face 
amount of any letters of credit outstanding, (2) any liabilities of ours under hedging contracts with RBS and (3) the value 
of  any  reserves  as  deemed  appropriate  by  RBS.  We  are  required  to  have  at  least  $3,000  available  under  the  Credit 
Facility at all times. 

40

 
 
 
 
At  December  31,  2010,  interest  currently  accrues  on  outstanding  indebtedness  under  the  Credit  Facility  at 
LIBOR plus 4.50%.  We have the ability, in certain circumstances, to fix the interest rate for up to 90 days from the date 
of borrowing.  Upon delivery of our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 to RBS, and 
assuming no events of default exist at such time, the rate of interest under the Credit Facility can fluctuate based on the 
available borrowings remaining under the Credit Facility as set forth in the following table:  

Excess Availability

Greater than $10,000  

LIBOR Rate Plus

4.00%  

Greater than $7,500 but less than or equal to $10,000  

4.25%  

Greater than $5,000 but less than or equal to $7,500  

4.50%  

Greater than $3,000 but less than or equal to $5,000  

4.75%  

On January 19, 2011, we entered in a First Amendment to Credit Agreement (“First Amendment”) with RBS.  

The First Amendment amended the Credit Facility as follows: 

(i)   Eligible accounts receivable under the Credit Facility (for the determination of available borrowings) now 
include  foreign  (non-U.S.)  accounts  subject  to  credit  insurance  payable  to  RBS  (formerly,  such  accounts 
were not eligible without arranging letter of credit facilities satisfactory to RBS).  

(ii)  Decreased the interest rate that will accrue on outstanding indebtedness, as set forth in the following table: 

Excess Availability

Greater than $10,000  

LIBOR Rate Plus

3.00%  

Greater than $6,000 but less than or equal to $10,000  

3.25%  

Greater than $3,000 but less than or equal to $6,000  

3.50%  

In addition to paying interest on the outstanding principal under the Credit Facility, we are required to pay an 
unused  line  fee  of  0.50%  on  the  unused  portion  of  the  $35,000  Credit  Facility.  We  must  also  pay  customary  letter  of 
credit fees equal to the LIBOR rate and the applicable margin and any other customary fees or expenses of the issuing 
bank.    Interest  that  accrues  under  the  Credit  Facility  is  to  be  paid  monthly  with  all  outstanding  principal,  interest  and 
applicable fees due on the Maturity Date.  

We are required to maintain a fixed coverage ratio of 1.20 to 1.00 or greater at all times as of and after March 28, 
2010.  As of December 31, 2010, our fixed charge ratio was 2.28 to 1.00.  Accordingly, we were in compliance with the 
financial  covenants  of  the  Credit  Facility.    All  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  are  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of 
customary  conditions,  including  the  absence  of  an  event  of  default  and  accuracy  of  our  representations  and 
warranties.  The Credit Facility also includes customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events 
of default.  If an event default occurs, RBS would be entitled to take various actions, including accelerating the amount 
due under the Credit Facility, and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.  

As of December 31, 2010, we had $8,541 outstanding under the Credit Facility.  At December 31, 2010, the interest 
rate  on  the  asset  based  revolver  component  of  the  Credit  Facility  was  4.77%.    As  of  December  31,  2010,  the  revolver 
arrangement  provided  for  up  to  $35,000  of  borrowing  capacity,  including  outstanding  letters  of  credit.    At  December  31, 
2010, we had $-0- of outstanding letters of credit related to this facility.  Based on the levels of collateral allowable under the 
agreement, our available borrowing base was $15,332 at December 31, 2010. 

See Note 5 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. 

41

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Equity Transactions 

In  October  2008,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  share  repurchase  program  of  up  to  $10,000  to  be 
implemented  over  the  course  of  a  six-month  period.    Repurchases  were  made  from  time  to  time  at  management’s 
discretion,  either  in  the  open  market  or  through  privately  negotiated  transactions.    The  repurchases  were  made  in 
compliance with Securities and Exchange Commission guidelines and were subject to market conditions, applicable legal 
requirements, and other factors.  We have no obligation under the program to repurchase shares and the program could 
have been suspended or discontinued at any time without prior notice.  We funded the purchase price for shares acquired 
primarily with current cash on hand and cash generated from operations, in addition to borrowing from our credit facility, 
as  necessary.    We  spent  $5,141  to  repurchase  628,413  shares  of  common  stock,  at  an  average  price  of  approximately 
$8.15 per share, under this share repurchase program.  During the first quarter of 2009, we repurchased 416,305 shares of 
common stock at an average price of approximately $7.99 per share, under this share repurchase program; all other share 
repurchases were made in the fourth quarter of 2008.  In April 2009, this share repurchase program expired. 

In some of our recent acquisitions, we utilized securities as consideration in these transactions in part to reduce the 

need to draw on the liquidity provided by our cash and cash equivalents and revolving credit facility. 

See Note 7 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. 

Other Matters 

We continually explore various sources of liquidity to ensure financing flexibility,  including leasing alternatives, 
issuing new or refinancing existing debt, and raising equity through private or public offerings.  Although we stay abreast of 
such financing alternatives, we believe we have the ability during the next 12 months to finance our operations primarily 
through internally generated funds or through the use of additional financing that currently is available to us.  In the event 
that we are unable to finance our operations with the internally generated funds or through the use of additional financing 
that currently is available to us, we may need to seek additional credit or access capital markets for additional funds.  We can
provide no assurance, given the current state of credit markets, that we would be successful in this regard, especially in light
of our recent operating performance. 

If we are unable to achieve our plans or unforeseen events occur, we may need to implement alternative plans in 
addition to plans that we have already initiated. While we believe we can complete our original plans or alternative plans, if 
necessary, there can be no assurance that such alternatives would be available on acceptable terms and conditions or that we 
would be successful in our implementation of such plans. 

As described in Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” of this report, we are involved in certain environmental matters 
with  respect  to  our  facility  in  Newark,  New  York.    Although  we  have  reserved  for  expenses  related  to  this  potential 
exposure, there can be no assurance that such reserve will be adequate.  The ultimate resolution of this matter may have a 
significant adverse impact on the results of operations in the period in which it is resolved. 

 With  respect  to  our  battery  products,  we  typically  offer  warranties  against  any  defects  due  to  product 
malfunction or workmanship for a period up to one year from the date of purchase.   With respect to our communications 
accessory products, we typically offer a four-year warranty.  We also offer a 10-year warranty on our 9-volt batteries that 
are used in ionization-type smoke detector applications.  We provide for a reserve for these potential warranty expenses, 
which  is  based  on  an  analysis  of  historical  warranty  issues.    There  is  no  assurance  that  future  warranty  claims  will  be 
consistent with past history, and in the event we experience a significant increase in warranty claims, there is no assurance 
that our reserves would be sufficient.  This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

42

 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations  

Contractual Obligations: 
Long-Term Debt Obligations  
Expected Interest Payments  
Capital Lease Obligations 
Operating Lease Obligations 
Purchase Obligations 
Total 

Total 
$   8,604 
857 
364 
3,558 
   28,141
$ 41,524

Payments due by period 

Less than 
1 year 
$   8,594 
463 
123 
1,347 
   28.141
$ 38,668

1-3 
years
$      10 
394 
241 
1,344 
     -
$ 1,989

3-5 
years
$      -   

- 
- 
867 
     -
$ 867

More than 
5 years 
$      - 
- 
- 
- 
        -
$      -

 Expected interest payments are calculated assuming a 4.77% annual rate on the outstanding revolver balance, plus 
associated fees related to our credit facility; and the applicable annual interest rates ranging from 0.00% to 7.45% for various
notes payable for equipment and vehicles.  Purchase obligations consist of commitments for property, plant and equipment, 
open purchase orders for materials and supplies, and other general commitments for various service contracts. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The  above  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  are  based  upon  our 
consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in 
the U.S.  The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect 
amounts reported therein.  The estimates and assumptions that require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex 
judgments are described below. 

Revenue recognition:  

Product Sales – In general, revenues from the sale of products are recognized when products are shipped. When 
products are shipped with terms that require transfer of title upon delivery at a customer’s location, revenues are 
recognized  on  date  of  delivery.    A  provision  is  made  at  the  time  the  revenue  is  recognized  for  warranty  costs 
expected  to  be  incurred.  Customers,  including  distributors,  do  not  have  a  general  right  of  return  on  products 
shipped.   

Service Contracts – Revenue from the sale of installation services is recognized upon customer acceptance, generally 
the  date  of  installation.    Revenue  from  fixed  price  engineering  contracts  is  recognized  on  a  proportional  method, 
measured by the percentage of actual costs incurred to total estimated costs to complete the contract.  Revenue 
from time and material engineering contracts is recognized as work progresses through monthly billings of time 
and  materials  as  they  are  applied  to  the  work  pursuant  to  the  terms  in  the  respective  contract.    Revenue  from 
customer  maintenance  agreements  is  recognized  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  term  of  the  related 
agreements, which range from six months to three years. 

Technology  Contracts  –  We  recognize  revenue  using  the  proportional  method,  measured  by  the  percentage  of 
actual costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs to complete the contract. Elements of cost include direct 
material,  labor  and  overhead.    If  a  loss  on  a  contract  is  estimated,  the  full  amount  of  the  loss  is  recognized 
immediately.  We allocate costs to all technology contracts based upon actual costs incurred including an allocation 
of certain research and development costs incurred.  

Deferred Revenue - For each source of revenues, we defer recognition if: i) evidence of an agreement does not 
exist,  ii)  delivery  or  service  has  not  occurred,  iii)  the  selling  price  is  not  fixed  or  determinable,  or  iv) 
collectability is not reasonably assured. 

Valuation of Inventory: 

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market,  with  cost  determined  using  the  first-in,  first-out  (FIFO) 
method.  Our  inventory  includes  raw  materials,  work  in  process  and  finished  goods.  We  record  provisions  for 
excess,  obsolete  or  slow  moving  inventory  based  on  changes  in  customer  demand,  technology  developments  or 
other  economic  factors.  The  factors  that  contribute  to  inventory  valuation  risks  are  our  purchasing  practices, 
material  and  product  obsolescence,  accuracy  of  sales  and  production  forecasts,  introduction  of  new  products, 

43

 
 
 
product  lifecycles,  product  support  and  foreign  regulations  governing  hazardous  materials  (see  Item  1A  –  Risk 
Factors for further information on foreign regulations). We  manage our exposure to inventory valuation risks by 
maintaining  safety  stocks,  minimum  purchase  lots,  managing  product  end-of-life  issues  brought  on  by  aging 
components  or  new  product  introductions,  and  by  utilizing  certain  inventory  minimization  strategies  such  as 
vendor-managed  inventories.  We  believe  that  the  accounting  estimate  related  to  valuation  of  inventories  is  a 
"critical accounting estimate" because it is susceptible to changes from period-to-period due to the requirement for 
management  to  make  estimates  relative  to  each  of  the  underlying  factors  ranging  from  purchasing,  to  sales,  to 
production, to after-sale support. If actual demand, market conditions or product lifecycles are adversely different 
from those estimated by management, inventory adjustments to lower market values would result in a reduction to 
the carrying value of inventory, an increase in inventory write-offs and a decrease to gross margins. 

Warranties: 

We  maintain  provisions  related  to  normal  warranty  claims  by  customers.      We  evaluate  these  reserves  quarterly 
based on actual experience with warranty claims to date and our assessment of additional claims in the future. There 
is no assurance that future warranty claims will be consistent with past history, and in the event we experience a 
significant increase in warranty claims, there is no assurance that our reserves would be sufficient. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: 

We regularly assess all of our long-lived assets for impairment when events or circumstances indicate their carrying 
amounts may not be recoverable. This is accomplished by comparing the expected undiscounted future cash flows 
of the assets with the respective carrying amount as of the date of assessment. Should aggregate future cash flows 
be less than the carrying value, a write-down would be required, measured as the difference between the carrying 
value  and  the  fair  value  of  the  asset.  Fair  value  is  estimated  either  through  the  assistance  of  an  independent 
valuation or as the present value of expected discounted future cash flows.  The discount rate used by us  in our 
evaluation  approximates  our  weighted  average  cost  of  capital.  If  the  expected  undiscounted  future  cash  flows 
exceed the respective carrying amount as of the date of assessment, no impairment is recognized. 

Environmental Issues: 

Environmental  expenditures  that  relate  to  current  operations  are  expensed  or  capitalized,  as  appropriate,  in 
accordance  with  FASB’s  guidance  on  environmental  remediation  liabilities.    Remediation  costs  that  relate  to  an 
existing condition caused by past operations are accrued when it is probable that these costs will be incurred and 
can be reasonably estimated. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: 

In  accordance  with  the  revised  FASB  guidance  for  business  combinations,  the  purchase  price  paid  to  effect  an 
acquisition is allocated to the acquired tangible and intangible assets and liabilities at fair value.  In accordance with 
FASB’s guidance for the accounting of goodwill and other intangible assets, we do not amortize goodwill and 
intangible assets with indefinite lives, but instead measure these assets for impairment at least annually, or when 
events  indicate  that  impairment  exists.  We  amortize  intangible  assets  that  have  definite  lives  so  that  the 
economic benefits of the intangible assets are being utilized over their weighted-average estimated useful life. 

The  impairment  test  for  goodwill  consists  of  a  comparison  of  the  fair  value  of  the  goodwill  with  the  carrying 
amount  of  the  reporting  unit  to  which  it  is  assigned.   If  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  exceeds  its  carrying 
amount,  goodwill  of  the  reporting  unit  is  considered  not  impaired.    If  the  carrying  amount  of  a  reporting  unit 
exceeds its fair value, a second step of the goodwill impairment test shall be performed to measure the amount of 
impairment loss, if any.  The impairment test for intangible assets with indefinite lives consists of a comparison 
of the fair value of the intangible assets with their carrying amounts. If the intangible assets exceeds their fair 
value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  We determine the fair value of 
the reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing based on a discounted cash flow model.  We determine the fair 
value  of  our  intangibles  assets  with  indefinite  lives  (trademarks)  through  the  relief  from  a  royalty  income 
valuation approach. 

We conduct our annual impairment analysis for goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives in October of 
each fiscal year.  For 2010, we have identified six goodwill reporting units for testing, and based on our results of 
the Step 1 testing, we needed to conduct Step 2 testing for the standby power business reporting unit.  Based on our 
results  of  the  Step  2  testing,  we  concluded  that  we  have  a  full  impairment  of  goodwill  in  connection  with  the 
standby power business reporting unit.  For 2010, we have identified four trademarks for testing, and based on our 
results of the testing, we have a full impairment of the trademark in connection with the standby power business.  
(See Note 3 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information of impairment charges.)  
There were no other impairments of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives for 2010.  However, due to 

44

the narrow margin of passing the Step 1 goodwill impairment testing for 2010 in the RedBlack reporting unit, there 
is potential for a partial or full impairment of the goodwill value in 2011 if the projected operational results are not 
achieved. One of the key assumptions for achieving the projected operational results includes significant revenue 
growth.  As of December 31, 2010, the RedBlack reporting unit had a goodwill carrying value of $2,025. 

Stock-Based Compensation: 

We  follow  the  provisions  of  FASB’s  guidance  on  share-based  payments,  which  requires  that  compensation  cost 
relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements.  The cost is measured at the 
grant  date,  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  award,  and  is  recognized  as  an  expense  over  the  employee’s  requisite 
service period (generally the vesting period of the equity award).  We calculate expected volatility for stock options 
by  taking  an  average  of  historical  volatility  over  the  past  five  years  and  a  computation  of  implied  volatility.    A 
blended  volatility  factor  was  deemed  to  be  more  appropriate  as  we  believe  that  implied  volatility,  a  forward-
looking measure, provides a more market-driven valuation related to investors’ expectations of the volatility of 
our business, and provides a balance against focusing only on a historical measure.  The computation of expected 
term was determined based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms 
of  the  stock-based  awards  and  vesting  schedules.    The  interest  rate  for  periods  within  the  contractual  life  of  the 
award is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant.   

Income Taxes: 

We apply FASB’s guidance in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are  determined  based  on  differences  between  financial  reporting  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  are 
measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that may be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. 

In 2010, 2009 and 2008, we continued to report a valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets that cannot be 
offset by reversing temporary differences in the U.S., the U.K. and China arising from the conclusion that we would 
not  be  able  to  utilize  our  U.S.,  U.K.  and  China  NOL’s  that  had  accumulated  over  time.    The  recognition  of  the 
valuation allowance on our deferred tax asset resulted from our evaluation of all available evidence, both positive 
and negative.  The assessment of the realizability of the NOL’s was based on a number of factors including, our 
history of net operating losses, the volatility of our earnings, our historical operating volatility, our historical ability 
to accurately forecast earnings for future periods and the continued uncertainty of the general business climate as of 
the end of 2010.   We concluded that these factors represent sufficient negative evidence and have concluded that 
we  should  record  a  full  valuation  allowance  under  FASB’s  guidance  on  the  accounting  for  income  taxes.    We 
continually assess the carrying value of this asset based on relevant accounting standards. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In  December  2010,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  No.  2010-29,  “Business 
Combinations  (Topic  805):  Disclosure  of  Supplementary  Pro  Forma  Information  for  Business  Combinations  -  a 
consensus  of  the  FASB  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  (“EITF”)”.  ASU  No.  2010-29  amends  accounting  guidance 
concerning  disclosure  of  supplemental  pro  forma  information  for  business  combinations.   If  an  entity  presents 
comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the 
business combination that occurred in the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual 
reporting period only.  The accounting guidance also requires additional disclosures to describe the nature and amount of 
material,  nonrecurring  pro  forma  adjustments.   ASU  No.  2010-29  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  on  or  after 
December 15, 2010 and will apply prospectively to business combinations completed on or after that date.  We do not 
expect the adoption of this pronouncement to have a significant impact on our financial statements.  The future impact of 
adopting this pronouncement will depend on the future business combinations that we may pursue. 

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-28, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When 
to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts”.  ASU 
No.  2010-28  modifies  Step  1  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test  so  that  for  those  reporting  units  with  zero  or  negative 
carrying  amounts,  an  entity  is  required  to  perform  Step  2  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not 
based  on  an  assessment  of  qualitative  indicators  that  a  goodwill  impairment  exists.  In  determining  whether  it  is  more 
likely than not that goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors 
indicating  that  an  impairment  may  exist.    ASU  No.  2010-28  will  be  effective  for  annual  and  interim  reporting  periods 
beginning  after  December  15,  2010,  and  any  impairment  identified  at  the  time  of  adoption  will  be  recognized  as  a 
cumulative-effect  adjustment  to  beginning  retained  earnings.  We  do  not  expect  the  adoption  of  this  pronouncement  to 
have a significant impact on our financial statements. 

45

In  April  2010,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2010-17,  “Revenue  Recognition  -  Milestone  Method  (Topic  605): 
Milestone Method of Revenue Recognition - a consensus of the FASB EITF”.  ASU No. 2010-17 is limited to research or 
development  arrangements  and  requires  that  this  ASU  be  met  for  an  entity  to  apply  the  milestone  method  (record  the 
milestone payment in its entirety in the period received) of recognizing revenue.  However, the FASB clarified that, even 
if the requirements in this ASU are met, entities would not be precluded from making an accounting policy election to 
apply  another  appropriate  policy  that  results  in  the  deferral  of  some  portion  of  the  arrangement  consideration.    The 
guidance in this ASU will apply to milestones in both single-deliverable and multiple-deliverable arrangements involving 
research or development transactions.  ASU No. 2010-17 will be effective prospectively for milestones achieved in fiscal 
years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after June 15, 2010.  Early adoption is permitted.  We are 
currently evaluating the impact that ASU No. 2010-17 will have on our financial statements.  

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13, “Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable 
Revenue  Arrangements  -  a  consensus  of  the  FASB  EITF”.    ASU  No.  2009-13  eliminates  the  residual  method  of 
accounting  for  revenue  on  undelivered  products  and  instead,  requires  companies  to  allocate  revenue  to  each  of  the 
deliverable  products  based  on  their  relative  selling  price.    In  addition,  this  ASU  expands  the  disclosure  requirements 
surrounding  multiple-deliverable  arrangements.    ASU  No.  2009-13  will  be  effective  for  revenue  arrangements  entered 
into for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010.  We are currently evaluating the impact that ASU No. 2009-13 
will have on our financial statements. 

In  June 2009,  the  FASB  issued  amended  guidance  for  the  accounting  for  transfers  of  financial  assets.    The 
amended  guidance  removes  the  concept  of  a  qualifying  special-purpose  entity.  The  amended  guidance  is  effective  for 
financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2009. Earlier application is 
prohibited. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a significant impact on our financial statements. 

In  June  2009,  the  FASB  issued  amended  guidance  for  the  accounting  for  variable  interest  entities.    The 
amendments include: (1) the elimination of the exemption for qualifying special purpose entities, (2) a new approach for 
determining  who  should  consolidate  a  variable-interest  entity,  and  (3)  changes  to  when  it  is  necessary  to  reassess  who 
should consolidate a variable-interest entity. The amended guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal 
years  and  interim  periods  beginning  after  November  15,  2009.    Earlier  adoption  is  prohibited.  The  adoption  of  this 
pronouncement did not have a significant impact on our financial statements. 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  
(Dollars in thousands) 

We are exposed to various market risks in the normal course of business, primarily interest rate risk and foreign 
currency risk.   Our primary interest rate risk is derived from our outstanding variable-rate debt obligation.  In connection 
with our credit facility with  RBS, at  December  31,  2010,  the interest rate  is variable based on LIBOR plus 4.50%.   The 
impact of a one percentage point change in the interest rate associated with the RBS credit facility would not have a material 
impact on our interest expense. 

We are subject to foreign currency risk, due to fluctuations in currencies relative to the  U.S. dollar.   In the  year 
ended December 31, 2010, approximately 88.5% of our sales were denominated in U.S. dollars.  The remainder of our sales 
was  denominated  in  U.K.  pounds  sterling,  euros,  Australian  dollars,  Canadian  dollars,  Indian  rupee  and  Chinese  yuan 
renminbi.  A 10% change in the value of the pound sterling, the euro, Australian dollar, Canadian dollar, the rupee or the 
yuan renminbi to the U.S. dollar would have impacted our revenues in that period by approximately 1.1%.   We monitor the 
relationship  between  the  U.S.  dollar  and  other  currencies  on  a  continuous  basis  and  adjust  sales  prices  for  products  and 
services sold in these foreign currencies as appropriate to safeguard against the fluctuations in the currency relative to the 
U.S. dollar. 

We  maintain  manufacturing  operations  in  North  America,  Europe  and  Asia,  and  export  products  internationally.   
We  purchase  materials  and  sell  our  products  in  foreign  currencies,  and  therefore  currency  fluctuations  may  impact  our 
pricing of products sold and materials purchased.  In addition, our foreign subsidiaries maintain their books in local currency,
which is translated into U.S. dollars for our consolidated financial statements.   

46

 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The financial statements and schedules listed in Item 15(a)(1) and (2) are included in this Report beginning on page 

49.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,  
   BDO USA, LLP 

Consolidated Financial Statements:   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 

2009 and 2008 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2010, 
2009 and 2008 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010,  

2009 and 2008 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   

Financial Statement Schedules: 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

Page

48 

49 

50 

51 

52 

53 

91 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Ultralife Corporation 
Newark, New York 

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of Ultralife  Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 
2009  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  changes  in  shareholders’  equity  and  accumulated  other 
comprehensive  income  (loss),  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2010.    In 
connection with our audits of the financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedule listed in the 
accompanying  index.    These  financial  statements  and  schedule  are  the  responsibility  of  Ultralife  Corporation’s 
management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States).    Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the 
financial  statements  and  schedule  are  free  of  material  misstatement.    An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis, 
evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements  and  schedule,  assessing  the  accounting 
principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the 
financial statements and schedule.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Ultralife Corporation at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for 
each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2010,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America. 

Also,  in  our  opinion,  the  financial  statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  consolidated  financial 
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States),  Ultralife  Corporation's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2010,  based  on  criteria 
established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 15, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 

Troy, Michigan 
March 15, 2011 

48

ULTRALIFE CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

ASSETS

Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents
   Restricted cash
   Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for
      doubtful accounts of $490 and $1,024, respectively
   Inventories 
   Deferred tax asset - current
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets

       Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

Other assets:
  Goodwill
  Intangible assets, net
  Security deposits

Total Assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
   Current portion of debt and capital lease obligations
   Accounts payable
   Income taxes payable
   Accrued compensation
   Accrued vacation
   Deferred revenue
   Other current liabilities
       Total current liabilities

Long-term liabilities:
   Debt and capital lease obligations
   Deferred tax liability 
   Other long-term liabilities
       Total long-term liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

Shareholders' equity:
  Ultralfe equity:
     Preferred stock, par value $0.10 per share, authorized 1,000,000 shares;
        none issued and outstanding
     Common stock, par value $0.10 per share, authorized 40,000,000 shares;
        issued - 18,639,683 and 18,384,916, respectively
     Capital in excess of par value
     Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
     Accumulated deficit

     Less --Treasury stock, at cost - 1,371,900 and 1,358,507 shares outstanding, respectively
        Total Ultralife equity

  Noncontrolling interest
        Total shareholders' equity

December 31,

2010

2009

$                

4,641
464

$                

6,094
-

34,270
33,122
208
2,949

75,654

14,485

18,276
6,150
270
24,696

32,449
35,503
288
1,624

75,958

16,648

25,436
13,064
60
38,560

$            

114,835

$           

131,166

$                

8,717
16,409
54
1,701
681
2,887
5,896
36,345

$              

19,082
19,177
28
1,526
704
3,343
4,274
48,134

251
3,906
538
4,695

267
4,100
551
4,918

-

-

1,865
171,020
(1,262)
(90,200)
81,423

7,652
73,771

24
73,795

1,831
169,064
(1,256)
(84,021)
85,618

7,558
78,060

54
78,114

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

$            

114,835

$           

131,166

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

49

                     
                          
                
                
                  
                
                     
                       
                
                       
                  
                  
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                  
                  
                          
                          
                  
                  
              
              
                 
                 
               
             
 
                  
                  
                       
ULTRALIFE CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

2010

Years Ended December 31,
2009

2008

$            

178,577
132,008

$               

172,109
135,249

$                

254,700
197,757

46,569

36,860

56,943

Revenues
Cost of products sold

Gross margin

Operating expenses:
  Research and development (including $471, $537 and $633 of
     amortization of intangible assets, respectively)
  Selling, general, and administrative (including $957, $1,146 and $1,486 of
     amortization of intangible assets, respectively)
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets
Total operating expenses

8,817

29,840
13,793
52,450

9,540

34,682
-
44,222

Operating income (loss)

(5,881)

(7,362)

Other income (expense):
  Interest income
  Interest expense
  Gain on insurance settlement
  Gain on debt conversion
  Miscellaneous
Income (loss) before income taxes

Income tax provision (benefit) - current
Income tax provision (benefit) - deferred
  Total income taxes provision (benefit)

Net income (loss)

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

2
(1,171)
-
-
171
(6,879)

(555)
(115)
(670)

(6,209)

30

27
(1,492)
-
-
(13)
(8,840)

31
360
391

(9,231)

(10)

8,138

31,500
-
39,638

17,305

37
(967)
39
313
777
17,504

582
3,297
3,879

13,625

38

Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife

$               

(6,179)

$                  

(9,241)

$                  

13,663

Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shares - basic

$                

(0.36)

$                    

(0.54)

$                     

0.79

Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shares - diluted

$                 

(0.36)

$                    

(0.54)

$                      

0.78

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

17,157

17,157

16,989

16,989

17,230

17,681

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

50

                  
                    
                  
                     
                      
                
                   
                    
                
                         
                          
                    
                    
 
 
 
 
 
                         
                          
                           
                 
                    
                        
                      
                         
                           
                      
                         
                         
                     
                         
                         
                    
 
 
 
                    
                          
                         
                    
                        
                      
                    
                        
                      
                 
                    
                    
                       
                         
                           
                  
                
                   
                    
l
a
t
o
T

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
I

k
c
o
t
S

t
i
c
i
f
e
D

)
s
s
o
L

(
n
i
a
G

t
e
N

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
N

y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A

d
e
z
i
l
a
e
r
n
U

r
e
h
t
O

n
g
i
e
r
o
F

y
c
n
e
r
r
u
C

n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
T

t
n
e
m

t
s
u
j
d
A

n
i

l
a
t
i
p
a
C

f
o
s
s
e
c
x
e

e
u
l
a
V
r
a
P

t
n
u
o
m
A

r
e
b
m
u
N

s
e
r
a
h
S
f
o

k
c
o
t
S
n
o
m
m
o
C

r
e
h
t
O
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A

)
s
s
o
L

(

e
m
o
c
n
I

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

N
O
I
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C
E
F
I
L
A
R
T
L
U

)
S
S
O
L
(
E
M
O
C
N

I
E
V
I
S
N
E
H
E
R
P
M
O
C
R
E
H
T
O
D
E
T
A
L
U
M
U
C
C
A
D
N
A
Y
T
I
U
Q
E

'

S
R
E
D
L
O
H
E
R
A
H
S
N

I
S
E
G
N
A
H
C
F
O
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
D
E
T
A
D
I
L
O
S
N
O
C

)
s
t
n
u
o
m
A
e
r
a
h
S
r
e
P
t
p
e
c
x
E

,
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
T
n
i

s
r
a
l
l
o
D

(

7
0
0
,
3
6

$

-

$

)
1
0
4
,
2
(

$

)
3
4
4
,
8
8
(

$

3

$

6
6

$

0
7
0

,

2
5
1

$

2
1
7

,

1

$

2
6
8

,

8
0
2

,

7
1

7
0
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

f
o

s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

)
5
1
(

)
4
8
9
,
1
(

)
9
9
9
,
1
(

6
2
6
,
1
1

9
5

2
4
4

4
8
6
,
1

)
5
1
8
,
1
(

0
0
5
,
0
1

4
2
1

6
2
5
,
2

9
5

)
6
1
(

)
5
1
8
,
1
(

5
2
6
,
3
1

)
8
3
(

3
6
6
,
3
1

)
5
1
(

)
4
8
9

,

1
(

-

2
4
4

0
0
7

,

1

3
2
1

4
9
4

,

2

0
3
4

,

0
1

-

-

1

0
7

2
3

-

-

7
3
7

,

2
1

0
0
0

,

0
0
7

0
1
4

,

5
0
3

e
l
b
a
y
a
p
s
e
t
o
n

e
l
b
i
t
r
e
v
n
o
c

f
o
n
o
i
s
r
e
v
n
o
c

h
t
i

w
n
o
i
t
c
e
n
n
o
c

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
d

n
i

o
t

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
e
r
a
h
S

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
e
r
a
h
S

s
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

t
n
a
r
r
a
w
d
n
a
n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

r
e
d
n
u

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
e
r
a
h
S

m
a
r
g
o
r
p

e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r

k
c
o
t
s

h
t
i

w
n
o
i
t
c
e
n
n
o
c

n
i

d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p

s
e
r
a
h
S

s
t
n
a
r
g
k
c
o
t
s

d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r

s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s

o
t

o
t

d
e
t
a
l
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t

S

d
e
t
a
l
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t

S

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
n
y
b
V
J

a
i
d
n
I

n
i

t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
n
I

s
t
n
e
m
e
g
n
a
r
r
a

p
a
w
s

e
t
a
r

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
n
o
s
s
o
l

d
e
z
i
l
a
e
r
n
U

s
t
n
e
m

t
s
u
j
d
a

n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
t
y
c
n
e
r
r
u
c

n
g
i
e
r
o
F

:
)
s
s
o
l
(

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

:
e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

3
5
1
,
8
8

$

1
2

$

)
2
3
2
,
4
(

$

)
0
8
7
,
4
7
(

$

)
2
1
(

$

)
8
1
9

,

1
(

$

9
5
2

,

7
6
1

$

5
1
8

,

1

$

9
0
0

,

7
2
2

,

8
1

8
0
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

f
o

s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

2
6
6

2
1

4
7
6

)
7
5
5
,
8
(

6

3
2

4
6
9

0
0
1

6
3
1

6
6
2

9
4
3

)
6
2
3
,
3
(

3
2

-

)
6
2
3
,
3
(

)
1
3
2
,
9
(

0
1

)
1
4
2
,
9
(

2
1

2
6
6

-

6

4
6
9

0
0
1

4
3
1

1
6
2

0
4
3

-

-

2

5

9

-

6
5
7

,

7

0
4
3

,

1
2

9
3
3

,

6
4

2
7
4

,

2
8

m
a
r
g
o
r
p

e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r

k
c
o
t
s

h
t
i

w
n
o
i
t
c
e
n
n
o
c

n
i

d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p

s
e
r
a
h
S

s
t
n
a
r
g

k
c
o
t
s

d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r

r
e
d
n
u

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
n
a

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
e
r
a
h
S

s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s

o
t

d
e
t
a
l
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t

S

s
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

t
n
a
r
r
a
w
d
n
a
n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

r
e
d
n
u

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
e
r
a
h
S

n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
a

I
T
M
A
h
t
i

w
n
o
i
t
c
e
n
n
o
c

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
d

n
i

o
t

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
e
r
a
h
S

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
e
r
a
h
S

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
n
y
b
V
J

a
i
d
n
I

n
i

t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
n
I

y
r
e
v
o
c
e
r

t
i
f
o
r
p
g
n
i
w
s
-
t
r
o
h
S

s
t
n
e
m
e
g
n
a
r
r
a

p
a
w
s

e
t
a
r

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
n
o
n
i
a
g

d
e
z
i
l
a
e
r
n
U

s
t
n
e
m

t
s
u
j
d
a

n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
t
y
c
n
e
r
r
u
c

n
g
i
e
r
o
F

:
)
s
s
o
l
(

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

:
e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

51

4
1
1
,
8
7

$

4
5

$

)
8
5
5
,
7
(

$

)
1
2
0
,
4
8
(

$

-

$

)
6
5
2

,

1
(

$

4
6
0

,

9
6
1

$

1
3
8

,

1

$

6
1
9

,

4
8
3

,

8
1

9
0
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

f
o

s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

)
6
(

)
6
(

)
5
1
2
,
6
(

)
2
(

0
7
6

8
5
8

5
1
3

5
5

-

)
4
9
(

)
9
0
2
,
6
(

)
0
3
(

)
9
7
1
,
6
(

)
6
(

0
7
6

2
9

8
3
8

2
0
3

4
5

-

0
2

3
1

1

)
5
3
5

,

7
2
(

0
0
0

,

0
0
2

1
0
3

,

6
6

1
0
0

,

6
1

t
u
o
-
n
r
a
e

t
n
e
g
n
i
t
n
o
c

n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
a
y
g
r
e
n
E
S
U
h
t
i

w
n
o
i
t
c
e
n
n
o
c

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
d

n
i

o
t

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
e
r
a
h
S

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
e
r
a
h
S

s
t
n
a
r
g

k
c
o
t
s

d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r

r
e
d
n
u

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
n
a

)
d
e
l
l
e
c
n
a
c
(

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
e
r
a
h
S

s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s

o
t

d
e
t
a
l
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S

s
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e
n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

r
e
d
n
u

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
e
r
a
h
S

s
t
n
e
m

t
s
u
j
d
a

n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
t
y
c
n
e
r
r
u
c

n
g
i
e
r
o
F

:
)
s
s
o
l
(

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

:
s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

s
s
o
l

t
e
N

5
9
7
,
3
7

$

4
2

$

)
2
5
6
,
7
(

$

)
0
0
2
,
0
9
(

$

-

$

)
2
6
2

,

1
(

$

0
2
0

,

1
7
1

$

5
6
8

,

1

$

3
8
6

,

9
3
6

,

8
1

0
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

f
o

s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

e
s
e
h
t

f
o

t
r
a
p

l
a
r
g
e
t
n
i
n
a

e
r
a

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C
o
t

s
e
t
o
N
g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a

e
h
T

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ULTRALIFE CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in Thousands)

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
  to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of financing fees
Amortization of intangible assets
(Gain) loss on long-lived asset disposal and write-offs
Gain on insurance settlement
Foreign exchange (gain) loss
Gain on debt conversion
Gain on litigation settlement
Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets
Non-cash stock-based compensation
Changes in deferred income taxes
Provision for loss on accounts receivable
Provision for inventory obsolescence
Provision for warranty charges
Provision for workers' compenstion obligation
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
   Accounts receivable
   Inventories
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets
   Insurance receivable relating to fires
   Income taxes payable
   Accounts payable and other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property and equipment
Proceeds from asset disposal
Change in restricted cash
Payment for acquired companies, net of cash acquired
Net cash used in investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net change in revolving credit facilities
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Proceeds from issuance of debt
Principal payments on debt and capital lease obligations
Purchase of treasury stock
Short-swing profit recovery
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

Change in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

2010

Year Ended December 31,
2009

2008

$          

(6,209)

$           

(9,231)

$               

13,625

3,922
1,428
(232)
-
(124)
-
-
13,793
1,077
(115)
(216)
387
542
(303)

(1,588)
1,980
(1,684)
-
26
(1,775)
10,909

(1,815)
465
(464)
(137)
(1,951)

(6,959)
55
-
(3,725)
-
-
(10,629)

218

(1,453)

6,094

4,044
1,683
79
-
49
-
(1,256)
-
1,330
360
188
1,123
387
170

(1,721)
6,596
93
-
(554)
(1,308)
2,032

(2,035)
-
-
(6,766)
(8,801)

15,500
349
751
(2,519)
(3,326)
6
10,761

224

4,216

1,878

3,851
2,119
204
(39)
(399)
(313)
-
-
2,266
3,297
1,086
2,850
1,010
-

(5,507)
(9,170)
2,530
202
582
864
19,058

(3,787)
-
-
(3,171)
(6,958)

(11,204)
2,526
-
(2,230)
(1,815)
-
(12,723)

256

(367)

2,245

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$            

4,641

$             

6,094

$                 

1,878

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash paid for interest

Cash paid for income taxes

Noncash investing and financing activities:
   Issuance of common stock for acquired companies

$               

845

$             

1,289

$                    

934

$                    
1

$                

605

$                      
-

$               

858

$                
-

$                     
-

   Purchase of property and equipment via capital lease payable

$                

303

$                

102

$                       

98

   Conversion of convertible notes into shares of common stock

$                
-

$                
-

$                

10,500

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

52

             
              
                  
             
              
                  
              
                   
                     
                
                 
                      
              
                   
                    
                
                 
                    
                
            
                      
           
                 
                      
             
              
                  
              
                 
                  
              
                 
                  
                
              
                  
                
                 
                  
              
                 
                      
           
            
                 
             
              
                 
           
                   
                  
                
                 
                     
                  
               
                     
           
            
                     
           
              
                
           
            
                 
                
                 
                      
              
                 
                      
              
            
                 
           
            
                 
           
            
               
                  
                 
                  
                
                 
                      
           
            
                 
                
            
                 
                
                     
                      
         
            
               
                
                 
                     
           
              
                    
             
              
                  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts) 

Note 1 - Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies  

a.

Description of Business  

We  offer  products  and  services  ranging  from  portable  and  standby  power  solutions  to  communications  and 
electronics  systems.    Through  our  engineering  and  collaborative  approach  to  problem  solving,  we  serve  government, 
defense  and  commercial  customers  across  the  globe.    We  design,  manufacture,  install  and  maintain  power  and 
communications  systems 
rechargeable  and  non-rechargeable  batteries,  standby  power  systems, 
communications and electronics systems and accessories, and custom engineered systems, solutions and services.  We sell 
our  products  worldwide  through  a  variety  of  trade  channels,  including  original  equipment  manufacturers  (“OEMs”), 
industrial and retail distributors, national retailers and directly to U.S. and international defense departments. 

including: 

b.

Principles of Consolidation  

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in 
the United States and include the accounts of Ultralife Corporation, our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Ultralife Batteries (UK) 
Ltd.  (“Ultralife  UK”),  ABLE  New  Energy  Co.,  Limited,  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary  ABLE  New  Energy  Co.,  Ltd. 
(“ABLE”  collectively),  McDowell  Research  Co.,  Inc.  (“McDowell”),  RedBlack  Communications,  Inc.  (“RedBlack”)  and 
Ultralife Energy Services Corporation (“UES”), and our majority-owned subsidiary Ultralife Batteries India Private Limited 
(“India  JV”).    Intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.    Investments  in  entities  in 
which we do not have a controlling interest are accounted for using the equity method, if our interest is greater than 20%.  
Investments in entities in which we have less than a 20% ownership interest are accounted for using the cost method. 

c.

Management's Use of Judgment and Estimates  

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at year end and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.   
Key areas affected by estimates include: (a) reserves for deferred tax assets, excess and obsolete inventory, warranties, and 
bad debts; (b) profitability on development contracts; (c) various expense accruals; (d) stock-based compensation; and, (e) 
carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  

d.

Reclassifications

Certain items previously reported in specific financial statement captions have been reclassified to conform to the 

current presentation. 

e.

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For  purposes  of  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows,  we  consider  all  demand  deposits  with  financial 
institutions and financial instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.  For purposes 
of  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet,  the  carrying  value  approximates  fair  value  because  of  the  short  maturity  of  these 
instruments. 

f. 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We extend credit to our customers in the normal course of business. We perform ongoing credit evaluations and 
generally do not require collateral.  Trade accounts receivable are recorded at their invoiced amounts, net of allowance for 
doubtful accounts.  We evaluate the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts quarterly.  Accounts outstanding 
longer  than  contractual  payment  terms  are  considered  past  due  and  are  reviewed  individually  for  collectability.    We 
maintain  reserves  for  potential  credit  losses  based  upon  our  loss  history  and  specific  receivables  aging  analysis. 
Receivable balances are written off when collection is deemed unlikely. 

53

 
 
 
 
  
Changes in our allowance for doubtful accounts during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were as 

follows: 

2010

2009

2008

Balance at beginning of year 
Amounts charged (credited) to expense 
Amounts credited to other accounts 
Uncollectible accounts written-off, net of recovery 

Balance at end of year 

$1,024 
(216) 
(7) 
(311) 

$   490 

$1,086 
188 
(42) 
(208) 

$1,024 

$  485 
675 
(11) 
(63) 

$1,086 

g. 

Inventories 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined under the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  
We  record  provisions  for  excess,  obsolete  or  slow-moving  inventory  based  on  changes  in  customer  demand,  technology 
developments or other economic factors. 

h. 

Property, Plant and Equipment  

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Estimated useful lives are as follows: 

Buildings 
Machinery and Equipment   
Furniture and Fixtures 
Computer Hardware and Software 
Leasehold Improvements 

10 – 20 years 
5 – 10 years 
3 – 10 years 
3 – 5 years 
Lesser of useful life or lease term 

Depreciation  and  amortization  are  computed  using  the  straight-line  method.    Betterments,  renewals  and 
extraordinary  repairs  that  extend  the  life  of  the  assets  are  capitalized.    Other  repairs  and  maintenance  costs  are  expensed 
when  incurred.    When  disposed,  the  cost  and  accumulated  depreciation  applicable  to  assets  retired  are  removed  from  the 
accounts and the gain or loss on disposition is recognized in operating income (expense).

i. 

Long-Lived Assets, Goodwill and Intangibles 

 We regularly  assess all of our long-lived assets for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that  their 
carrying  amounts  may  not  be  recoverable.    For  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  amortizable  intangible  assets,  this  is 
accomplished by comparing the expected undiscounted future cash flows of the assets with the respective carrying amount as 
of  the  date  of  assessment.    Should  aggregate  future  cash  flows  be  less  than  the  carrying  value,  a  write-down  would  be 
required, measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the asset. Fair value is estimated either
through the assistance of an independent valuation or as the present value of expected discounted future cash flows.  The 
discount rate used by us in our evaluation approximates our weighted average cost of capital.  If the expected undiscounted 
future cash flows exceed the respective carrying amount as of the date of assessment, no impairment is recognized.  As a 
result of this assessment, we recognized a non-cash impairment of $269 and $4,250 in property, plant and equipment and 
amortizable intangible assets, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2010.  (See Note 3 for additional information.)  
We did not record any material impairments of long-lived assets in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. 

In  accordance  with  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board’s  (“FASB”)  guidance  for  goodwill  and  other 
intangible assets, we do not amortize goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives, but instead measure these assets 
for impairment at least annually, or when events indicate that impairment exists. We amortize intangible assets that have 
definite  lives  so  that  the  economic  benefits  of  the  intangible  assets  are  being  utilized  over  their  weighted-average 
estimated useful life.   

The  impairment  test  for  goodwill  consists  of  a  comparison  of  the  fair  value  of  the  goodwill  with  the  carrying 
amount  of  the  reporting  unit  to  which  it  is  assigned.    If  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  exceeds  its  carrying  amount, 
goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired.  If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, 
a second step of the goodwill impairment test shall be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any.  The 
impairment test for intangible assets with indefinite lives consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible assets
with their carrying amounts. If the intangible assets exceeds their fair value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an 
amount equal to that excess.  We determine the fair value of the reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing based on a 
54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
discounted  cash  flow  model.    We  determine  the  fair  value  of  our  intangibles  assets  with  indefinite  lives  (trademarks) 
through  the  relief  from  a  royalty  income  valuation  approach.    As  a  result  of  this  assessment,  we  recognized  a  non-cash 
impairment  of  $7,974  and  $1,300  in  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives,  respectively,  in  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2010.  (See Note 3 for additional information.)   

Based on the final valuations for amortizable intangible assets acquired in the AMTI acquisition during 2009, 
and the ABLE and McDowell acquisitions during 2006, we project our amortization expense will be approximately $625, 
$495 $399, $307 and $228 for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2011 through 2015, respectively. 

j. 

Translation of Foreign Currency  

The  financial  statements  of  our  foreign  affiliates  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollar  equivalents  in  accordance  with 
FASB’s  guidance  for  foreign  currency  translation,  with  translation  adjustments  recorded  as  a  component  of  accumulated 
other comprehensive income.  Exchange gains (losses) relate to foreign currency transactions included in net income (loss) 
for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $124, $(49), and $399, respectively. 

k. 

Revenue Recognition  

Product Sales – In general, revenues from the sale of products are recognized when products are shipped. When 
products  are  shipped  with  terms  that  require  transfer  of  title  upon  delivery  at  a  customer’s  location,  revenues  are 
recognized on the date of delivery.  A provision is made at the time the revenue is recognized for warranty costs expected 
to be incurred. Customers, including distributors, do not have a general right of return on products shipped.   

Services – Revenue from the sale of installation services is recognized upon customer acceptance, generally the date 
of  installation.    Revenue  from  fixed  price  engineering  contracts  is  recognized  on  a  proportional  method,  measured  by  the 
percentage  of  actual  costs  incurred  to  total  estimated  costs  to  complete  the  contract.    Revenue  from  time  and  material 
engineering contracts is recognized as work progresses through monthly billings of time and materials as they are applied 
to the work pursuant to the terms in the respective contract.  Revenue from customer maintenance agreements is recognized 
using the straight-line method over the term of the related agreements, which range from six months to three years. 

Technology Contracts – We recognize revenue using the proportional effort method based on the relationship of 
costs incurred to date to the total estimated cost to complete the contract. Elements of cost include direct material, labor and
overhead.  If a loss on a contract is estimated, the full amount of the loss is recognized immediately.  We allocate costs to all
technology  contracts  based  upon  actual  costs  incurred  including  an  allocation  of  certain  research  and  development  costs 
incurred.

Deferred Revenue – For each source of revenues, we defer recognition if: i) evidence of an agreement does not 
exist, ii) delivery or service has not occurred, iii) the selling price is not fixed or determinable, or iv) collectability is not 
reasonably assured. 

l. 

Warranty Reserves 

 We  estimate  future  costs  associated  with  expected  product  failure  rates,  material  usage  and  service  costs  in  the 
development  of  our  warranty  obligations.    Warranty  reserves,  included  in  other  current  liabilities  and  other  long-term 
liabilities as applicable on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, are based on historical experience of warranty claims.  In the 
event the actual results of these items differ from the estimates, an adjustment to the warranty obligation would be recorded. 

m. 

Shipping and Handling Costs  

Costs incurred by us related to shipping and handling are included in cost of products sold.  Amounts charged to 

customers pertaining to these costs are reflected as revenue. 

n.

Advertising Expenses

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the 
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.  Such expenses amounted to $1,200, $1,090, and $940 for the years 
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

55

 
 
 
 
 
o. 

Research and Development 

Research  and  development  expenditures  are  charged  to  operations  as  incurred.    The  majority  of  research  and 

development expenses pertain to salaries and benefits, developmental supplies, depreciation and other contracted services. 

p. 

Environmental Costs  

Environmental  expenditures  that  relate  to  current  operations  are  expensed  or  capitalized,  as  appropriate,  in 
accordance  with  FASB’s  guidance  on  environmental  remediation  liabilities.    Remediation  costs  that  relate  to  an  existing 
condition caused by past operations are accrued when it is probable that these costs will be incurred and can be reasonably 
estimated. 

q. 

Income Taxes

The asset and liability method, prescribed by FASB’s guidance for the Accounting for Income Taxes, is used in 
accounting  for  income  taxes.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on  differences 
between financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that 
are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.   

A valuation allowance is required when it is more likely than not that the recorded value of a deferred tax asset will 
not be realized.   As of December 31, 2010, we continued to recognize a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax asset to 
the  extent  they  are  not  able  to  be  offset  by  future  reversing  temporary  differences,  based  on  a  consistent  evaluation 
methodology that was used for 2008 and 2009.  The assessment of the realizability of the U.S. NOL was based on a number 
of factors including, our history of net operating losses, the volatility of our earnings, our historical operating volatility, our 
historical  ability  to  accurately  forecast  earnings  for  future  periods  and  the  continued  uncertainty  of  the  general  business 
climate as of the end of 2010.   We concluded that these factors represent sufficient negative evidence and have concluded 
that we should record a full valuation allowance under FASB’s guidance for the accounting of income taxes.  For the years 
ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, we also recorded a full valuation allowance on our net deferred tax asset.  A valuation 
allowance was required for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 related to our U.K. subsidiary due to the 
history  of  losses  at  that  facility.    A  valuation  allowance  was  required  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010  and  2009 
related to our ABLE subsidiary due to the history of losses at that facility. 

We have  adopted  the  provisions  of  FASB’s  guidance  for  the  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes.   We 
have recorded no liability for income taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits during 2008, 2009 and 2010, and as 
such,  have  not  recorded  any  interest  or  penalty  in  regard  to  any  unrecognized  benefit.    Our  policy  regarding  interest 
and/or penalties related to income tax matters is to recognize such items as a component of income tax expense (benefit).   

r. 

Concentration Related to Customers and Suppliers 

 During the year ended December 31, 2010, we had two major customers, U.S. Department of Defense and Port 
Electronics Corp., which comprised 11% and 10% of our revenue, respectively.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, 
we had one major customer, the U.S. Department of Defense, which comprised 26% of our revenue.  During the year ended 
December 31, 2008, we had two major customers, Raytheon Company and Port Electronics Corp., which comprised 29% 
and 16% of our revenue, respectively.  There were no other customers that comprised greater than 10% of our total revenues 
during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. 

We have no customers that comprised greater than 10% of our trade accounts receivables as of December 31, 2010.  
We had two customers that comprised 45% of our trade accounts receivable as of December 31, 2009.  There were no other 
customers that comprised greater than 10% of our total trade accounts receivable as of December 31, 2009. 

Currently, we do not experience significant seasonal trends in Battery & Energy Products revenues.  However, a 
downturn in the U.S. economy, such as the one that we recently experienced, which affects retail sales and which could 
result in fewer sales of smoke detectors to consumers, could potentially result in lower sales for us to this market segment.  
The  smoke  detector  OEM  market  segment  comprised  approximately  5%  and  9%  of  total  Battery  &  Energy  Products 
revenues in 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Additionally, lower demand from the U.S., U.K. and other foreign governments 
could result in lower sales to defense and government users. 

 We  generally  do  not  distribute  our  products  to  a  concentrated  geographical  area  nor  is  there  a  significant 
concentration  of  credit  risks  arising  from  individuals  or  groups  of  customers  engaged  in  similar  activities,  or  who  have 
similar economic characteristics. While sales to the U.S. Department of Defense have been substantial during 2010, 2009 

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and 2008, we do not consider this customer to be a significant credit risk.   We do not normally obtain collateral on trade 
accounts receivable. 

Certain  materials  and  components  used  in  our  products  are  available  only  from  a  single  or  a  limited  number  of 
suppliers.  As  such,  some  materials  and  components  could  become  in  short  supply  resulting  in  limited  availability  and/or 
increased  costs.  Additionally,  we  may  elect  to  develop  relationships  with  a  single  or  limited  number  of  suppliers  for 
materials and components that are otherwise generally available.  Although we believe that alternative suppliers are available 
to supply materials and components that could replace materials and components currently used and that, if necessary, we 
would be able to redesign our products to make use of such alternatives, any interruption in the supply from any supplier that 
serves as a sole source could delay product shipments and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations.  We have experienced interruptions of product deliveries by sole source suppliers in the past.  For 
example, in the fourth quarter of 2007, we ramped up production levels in our Communications Systems business to meet 
increased order volumes.  A sole-source supplier of a key component was unable to meet an agreed-upon delivery schedule 
which caused a delay in shipments of our products to our customers. 

s. 

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures  

The  FASB  guidance  for  fair  value  measurements  provides  a  framework  for  measuring  fair  value  and  requires 
expanded disclosures regarding fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an 
asset or the exit price that would be paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly 
transaction  between  market  participants  on  the  measurement  date.  This  accounting  standard  established  a  fair  value 
hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs, where available. The following summarizes 
the three levels of inputs required. 

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level 2: Observable inputs, other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices
in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or that we corroborate with observable market
data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities.  

Level 3: Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity that are significant to the fair value of the assets or

liabilities.

FASB’s guidance for the disclosure about fair value of financial instruments requires disclosure of an estimate of 
the fair value of certain financial instruments.  The fair value of financial instruments pursuant to FASB’s guidance for the 
disclosure about fair value of financial instruments approximated their carrying values at December 31, 2010 and 2009.  The 
fair  value  of  cash,  trade  accounts  receivable,  trade  accounts  payable,  accrued  liabilities,  our  convertible  note  and  our 
revolving credit facility approximates carrying value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.  The estimated fair 
value of other long-term debt and capital lease obligations approximates carrying value due to the variable nature of the 
interest rates or the stated interest rates approximating current interest rates that are available for debt with similar terms.

t. 

Derivative Financial Instruments 

Derivative instruments are accounted for in accordance with FASB’s guidance on the Accounting for Derivative 
Instruments and Hedging Activities which requires that all derivative instruments be recognized in the financial statements at 
fair value.  As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had no outstanding derivative financial instruments.   

u. 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

On January 1, 2009, we adopted the provisions of FASB’s guidance for determining whether instruments granted in 

share-based payment transactions are participating securities.  The guidance requires that all outstanding unvested share-
based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (such as restricted stock awards 
granted by us) be considered participating securities.  Because the restricted stock awards are participating securities, we are
required to apply the two-class method of computing basic and diluted earnings per share (the “Two-Class Method”).  The 
retrospective application of the provisions of FASB’s guidance did not change the prior period earnings per share (“EPS”) 
amount. 

Basic EPS is determined using the Two-Class Method and is computed by dividing earnings attributable to Ultralife 
common shareholders by the weighted-average shares outstanding during the period.  The Two-Class Method is an earnings 
allocation formula that determines earnings per share for each class of common stock and participating security according to 
dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings.  Diluted EPS includes the dilutive effect of securities, if 

57

 
any, and reflects the more dilutive EPS amount calculated using the treasury stock method or the Two-Class Method.  For 
the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, both the Two-Class Method and the treasury stock method calculations 
for diluted EPS yielded the same result. 

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is summarized as follows: 

Net Income (Loss) attributable to Ultralife 
Net Income (Loss) attributable to participating 
     securities (unvested restricted stock awards) 
     (-0-, -0- and 84,000 shares, respectively) 
Net Income (Loss) attributable to Ultralife common 
     shareholders (a) 
Effect of Dilutive Securities: 
     Convertible Notes Payable 
Net Income (Loss) attributable to Ultralife common 
     shareholders – Adjusted (b) 

        Years Ended December 31, 

2010

$(6,179) 

2009 
$(9,241)  

2008 
$13,663  

-

-

(66)

(6,179) 

(9,241) 

13,597 

-

-

215

$(6,179) 

$(9,241) 

$13,812 

Average Common Shares Outstanding – Basic (c) 
Effect of Dilutive Securities: 
     Stock Options / Warrants 
     Convertible Notes Payable 
Average Common Shares Outstanding – Diluted (d) 

17,157 

-
-
17,157 

-
-
16,989 

16,989 

17,230 

EPS – Basic (a/c) 
EPS – Diluted (b/d) 

$   (0.36) 
$   (0.36) 

$   (0.54) 
$   (0.54) 

130
321
17,681 

$   0.79 
$   0.78 

There were 1,811,742 outstanding stock options, warrants and restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2010, 
that were not included in EPS as the effect would be anti-dilutive. There were 1,833,134 outstanding stock options, warrants 
and restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2009, that were not included in EPS as the effect would be anti-dilutive. We 
also had 236,919 shares of common stock at December 31, 2009 reserved under convertible notes payable, which were not 
included in EPS as the effect would be anti-dilutive.  There were 1,301,383 outstanding stock options, warrants and restricted 
stock awards as of December 31, 2008 that were not included in EPS as the effect would be anti-dilutive. The dilutive effect 
of 421,988 outstanding stock options, warrants and restricted stock awards and 320,513 shares of common stock reserved 
under convertible notes payable were included in the dilution computation for the year ended December 31, 2008. For years 
ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, diluted earnings (loss) per share was the equivalent of basic earnings (loss) per share 
due to the net loss. 

v. 

Stock-Based Compensation  

We have various stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 7.   We follow 
the provisions of FASB’s guidance on Share-Based Payments, which requires that compensation cost relating to share-based 
payment transactions be recognized  in the financial statements.   The cost is  measured at  the grant date, based on the  fair 
value  of  the  award,  and  is  recognized  as  an  expense  over  the  employee’s  requisite  service  period  (generally  the  vesting 
period of the equity award).   

w. 

Segment Reporting 

We  report  segment  information  in  accordance  with  FASB’s  guidance  on  Disclosures  about  Segments  of  an 
Enterprise and Related Information.   We have three operating segments.  The basis for determining our operating segments 
is  the  manner  in  which  financial  information  is  used  by  us  in  our  operations.    Management  operates  and  organizes  itself 
according to business units that comprise unique products and services across geographic locations. 

Beginning  January  1,  2010,  we  now  report  our  results  in  three  operating  segments  instead  of  four:  Battery  & 
Energy  Products;  Communications  Systems;  and  Energy  Services.    The  Non-Rechargeable  Products  and  Rechargeable 
Products segments have been combined into a single segment called Battery & Energy Products.  The Communications 
Systems segment now includes our RedBlack Communications business, which was previously included in the Design & 
Installation  Services  segment.    The  Design  &  Installation  Services  segment  has  been  renamed  Energy  Services  and 

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
encompassed  our  standby  power  and  wireless  businesses.  Research,  design  and  development  contract  revenues  and 
expenses,  which  were  previously  included  in  the  Design  &  Installation  Services  segment,  will  be  captured  under  the 
respective operating segment in which the work is performed.  

x. Recent Accounting Pronouncements   

In  December  2010,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  No.  2010-29,  “Business 
Combinations  (Topic  805):  Disclosure  of  Supplementary  Pro  Forma  Information  for  Business  Combinations  -  a 
consensus  of  the  FASB  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  (“EITF”)”.  ASU  No.  2010-29  amends  accounting  guidance 
concerning  disclosure  of  supplemental  pro  forma  information  for  business  combinations.   If  an  entity  presents 
comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the 
business combination that occurred in the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual 
reporting period only.  The accounting guidance also requires additional disclosures to describe the nature and amount of 
material,  nonrecurring  pro  forma  adjustments.   ASU  No.  2010-29  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  on  or  after 
December 15, 2010 and will apply prospectively to business combinations completed on or after that date.  We do not 
expect the adoption of this pronouncement to have a significant impact on our financial statements.  The future impact of 
adopting this pronouncement will depend on the future business combinations that we may pursue. 

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-28, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When 
to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts”.  ASU 
No.  2010-28  modifies  Step  1  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test  so  that  for  those  reporting  units  with  zero  or  negative 
carrying  amounts,  an  entity  is  required  to  perform  Step  2  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not 
based  on  an  assessment  of  qualitative  indicators  that  a  goodwill  impairment  exists.  In  determining  whether  it  is  more 
likely than not that goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors 
indicating  that  an  impairment  may  exist.    ASU  No.  2010-28  will  be  effective  for  annual  and  interim  reporting  periods 
beginning  after  December  15,  2010,  and  any  impairment  identified  at  the  time  of  adoption  will  be  recognized  as  a 
cumulative-effect  adjustment  to  beginning  retained  earnings.  We  do  not  expect  the  adoption  of  this  pronouncement  to 
have a significant impact on our financial statements. 

In  April  2010,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2010-17,  “Revenue  Recognition  -  Milestone  Method  (Topic  605): 
Milestone Method of Revenue Recognition - a consensus of the FASB EITF”.  ASU No. 2010-17 is limited to research or 
development  arrangements  and  requires  that  this  ASU  be  met  for  an  entity  to  apply  the  milestone  method  (record  the 
milestone payment in its entirety in the period received) of recognizing revenue.  However, the FASB clarified that, even 
if the requirements in this ASU are met, entities would not be precluded from making an accounting policy election to 
apply  another  appropriate  policy  that  results  in  the  deferral  of  some  portion  of  the  arrangement  consideration.    The 
guidance in this ASU will apply to milestones in both single-deliverable and multiple-deliverable arrangements involving 
research or development transactions.  ASU No. 2010-17 will be effective prospectively for milestones achieved in fiscal 
years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after June 15, 2010.  Early adoption is permitted.  We are 
currently evaluating the impact that ASU No. 2010-17 will have on our financial statements.  

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13, “Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable 
Revenue  Arrangements  -  a  consensus  of  the  FASB  EITF”.    ASU  No.  2009-13  eliminates  the  residual  method  of 
accounting  for  revenue  on  undelivered  products  and  instead,  requires  companies  to  allocate  revenue  to  each  of  the 
deliverable  products  based  on  their  relative  selling  price.    In  addition,  this  ASU  expands  the  disclosure  requirements 
surrounding  multiple-deliverable  arrangements.    ASU  No.  2009-13  will  be  effective  for  revenue  arrangements  entered 
into for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010.  We are currently evaluating the impact that ASU No. 2009-13 
will have on our financial statements. 

In  June 2009,  the  FASB  issued  amended  guidance  for  the  accounting  for  transfers  of  financial  assets.    The 
amended  guidance  removes  the  concept  of  a  qualifying  special-purpose  entity.  The  amended  guidance  is  effective  for 
financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2009. Earlier application is 
prohibited. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a significant impact on our financial statements. 

In  June  2009,  the  FASB  issued  amended  guidance  for  the  accounting  for  variable  interest  entities.    The 
amendments include: (1) the elimination of the exemption for qualifying special purpose entities, (2) a new approach for 
determining  who  should  consolidate  a  variable-interest  entity,  and  (3)  changes  to  when  it  is  necessary  to  reassess  who 
should consolidate a variable-interest entity. The amended guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal 
years  and  interim  periods  beginning  after  November  15,  2009.    Earlier  adoption  is  prohibited.  The  adoption  of  this 
pronouncement did not have a significant impact on our financial statements. 

59

Note 2- Acquisitions 

2009 Activity 

We accounted for the following acquisitions in accordance with the purchase method of accounting provisions of 
the revised FASB guidance for business combinations, whereby the purchase price paid to effect an acquisition is allocated 
to the acquired tangible and intangible assets and liabilities at fair value.   

AMTITM Brand 

On March 20, 2009, we acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all of the liabilities of 
the  tactical  communications  products  business  of  Science  Applications  International  Corporation.    The  tactical 
communications products business (“AMTI”), located in Virginia Beach, Virginia, designs, develops and manufactures 
tactical  communications  products  including  amplifiers,  man-portable  systems,  cables,  power  solutions  and  ancillary 
communications equipment that are sold by Ultralife Corporation under the brand name of AMTI. 

Under the terms of the asset purchase agreement for AMTI, the purchase price consisted of $5,717 in cash.   

The  results  of  operations  of  AMTI  and  the  estimated  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  are 
included  in  our  Condensed  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  beginning  on  the  acquisition  date.  For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2010, AMTI contributed net sales of $14,001 and net income of $2,134.  From the date of acquisition through 
December 31, 2009, AMTI contributed net sales of $11,354 and net income of $1,744.  Pro forma information has not been 
presented, as it would not be materially different from amounts reported.  The estimated excess of the purchase price over the 
net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  of  $4,684  was  recorded  as  goodwill  in  the  amount  of  $1,033.    The  acquired 
goodwill has been assigned to the Communications Systems segment and is expected to be fully deductible for income tax 
purposes.

The following table represents the final allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed 

at the acquisition date: 

ASSETS 
Current assets: 
   Cash 
   Trade accounts receivable, net 
   Inventories 
      Total current assets 
Property, plant and equipment, net 
Goodwill 
Intangible Assets: 
   Trademarks 
   Patents and Technology 
   Customer Relationships 
Total assets acquired 

  $              - 
693 
2,534 
3,227
339
1,033 

450 
800 
970
6,819

60

 
   
   
   
   
LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities: 
   Accounts payable 
   Other current liabilities 
      Total current liabilities 
Long-term liabilities: 
   Other long-term liabilities 
Total liabilities assumed 

Total Purchase Price 

801
301
1,102

-
1,102

  $  

5,717

Trademarks  have  an  indefinite  life  and  are  not  being  amortized.    The  intangible  assets  related  to  patents  and 
technology  and  customer  relationships  are  being  amortized  as  the  economic  benefits  of  the  intangible  assets  are  being 
utilized over their weighted-average estimated useful life of thirteen years. 

2008 Activity 

We accounted for the following acquisitions, including the establishment of a joint venture, in accordance with the 
purchase  method  of  accounting  provisions  of  the  pre-revised  FASB  guidance  for  business  combinations,  whereby  the 
purchase price paid to effect an acquisition is allocated to the acquired tangible and intangible assets and liabilities at fair
value.   

Ultralife Batteries India Private Limited 

In March 2008, we formed a joint venture, named Ultralife Batteries India Private Limited (“India JV”), with our 
distributor  partner  in  India.    The  India  JV  assembles  Ultralife  power  solution  products  and  manages  local  sales  and 
marketing activities, serving commercial, government and defense customers throughout India.  We have invested $86 in 
cash into the India JV, as consideration for our 51% ownership stake in the India JV.

U.S. Energy Systems, Inc. and U.S. Power Services, Inc. 

On November 10, 2008, we acquired certain assets of USE, a nationally recognized standby power installation 
and  power  management  services  business.    USE  is  located  in  Riverside,  California.    The  acquired  assets  of  USE  have 
been incorporated into our UES subsidiary. 

Under the terms of the asset purchase agreements for USE, the initial purchase price consisted of $2,865 in cash.  In 
addition, on the achievement of certain annual post-acquisition financial milestones during the period ending December 31, 
2012,  we  were  to  issue  up  to  an  aggregate  of  200,000  unregistered  shares  of  our  common  stock  to  Ken  Cotton,  Shawn 
O’Connell and Simon Baitler (together, the “Selling Shareholders”).  The unregistered shares of common stock were to be 
issued after the first occasion annual sales for a calendar year exceeded $10,000 (30,000 shares), $15,000 (40,000 shares), 
$20,000 (60,000 shares), and $25,000 (70,000 shares).  On April 27, 2010, we entered into Amendment No. 2 to the USE 
asset purchase agreement.  Under the terms of Amendment No. 2, we agreed to issue an aggregate of 200,000 shares of our 
unregistered common stock, valued at approximately $858, in full satisfaction of our outstanding obligations to the Selling 
Shareholders  under  the  USE  asset  purchase  agreement.    Under  the  terms  of  Amendment  No.  2,  the  Selling  Shareholders 
agreed  to  release  us  from  any  past  or  present  claims  relating  to  the  purchase  price  provisions  of  the  USE  asset  purchase 
agreement.    We  elected  to  enter  into  Amendment  No.  2  because  our  consolidation  plan  and  the  reorganization  of  our 
reporting units involved reorganizing the operations of the business purchased in the USE asset purchase agreement.  The 
post-acquisition  financial  milestones  in  the  USE  asset  purchase  agreement  did  not  support  our  current  consolidation  and 
reorganization plans and it was determined that it would be in our best interests to satisfy our obligations under the USE asset
purchase  agreement.    Amendment  No.  2  did  not  change  our  original  assessment  that  the  contingent  payout  of  shares  of 
common  stock  was  related  to  the  acquisition  of  the  assets  of  USE.    Accordingly,  we  reflected  the  payment  as  additional 
purchase  price.    We  incurred  $65  in  acquisition  related  costs,  which  are  included  in  the  revised  total  cost  of  the  USE 
investment of $3,788. 

The  results  of  operations  of  USE  and  the  estimated  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  are 
included in our consolidated financial statements beginning on the acquisition date.  Pro forma information has not been 
presented, as it would not be materially different from amounts reported.  The estimated excess of the purchase price over 
the net tangible and intangible assets acquired of $1,499 was recorded as goodwill in the amount of $2,289.  The acquired 

61

   
   
   
   
   
goodwill  has  been  assigned  to  the  Energy  Services  segment  and  is  expected  to  be  fully  deductible  for  income  tax 
purposes. 

The following table represents the revised, final allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities 

assumed at the acquisition date: 

ASSETS 
Current assets: 
   Cash 
      Total current assets 
Property, plant and equipment, net 
Goodwill 
Intangible Assets: 
   Patents and Technology 
   Customer Relationships 
Total assets acquired 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities: 
   Current portion of long-term debt 
   Other current liabilities 
      Total current liabilities 
Long-term liabilities: 
   Debt 
Total liabilities assumed 

Total Purchase Price 

   $                - 
- 
306 
2,289 

220 
1,300 
4,115 

56 
43 
99 

228 
327 

  $  

3,788 

The  intangible  assets  related  to  patents  and  technology  and  customer  relationships  were  amortized  as  the 
economic benefits of the intangible assets were utilized over their weighted-average estimated useful life of fifteen years.  
As  a  result  of  the  full  impairment  of  these  intangible  assets  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2010,  no  additional  amortization 
expense will be incurred. 

Note 3 - Supplemental Balance Sheet Information 

a.  

Inventory 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined under the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  

The composition of inventories was:  

Raw materials.....................................................................................
Work in process..................................................................................
Finished products ...............................................................................

 December 31, 

2010

2009

$18,250
6,649
8,223
$33,122

$19,743 
6,044 
9,716 
$35,503 

62

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
b.  

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Major classes of property, plant and equipment consisted of the following: 

Land ...................................................................................................
Buildings and Leasehold Improvements...........................................
Machinery and Equipment ................................................................
Furniture and Fixtures .......................................................................
Computer Hardware and Software....................................................
Construction in Progress ...................................................................

Less:  Accumulated Depreciation .....................................................

        December 31, 

2010

2009

$       123 
6,188 
45,714 
1,702 
3,652 
582 
57,961 
43,476 
$ 14,485 

$       123 
6,127
43,996 
1,829 
3,397 
1,324 
56,796 
40,148
$ 16,648 

Estimated costs to complete construction in progress as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $372 

and $893, respectively. 

Depreciation  expense  was  $3,768,  $3,929,  and  $3,752  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2009,  and  2008, 

respectively.

c.

Impairment of Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets 

In the fourth quarter of 2010, we completed an impairment analysis of the goodwill,  intangible assets, and other 
long-lived assets associated with the standby power business included in the Energy Services segment.  As a result of this 
analysis, in connection with the overall decrease in revenues in 2010 compared to 2009 and the declining gross margins over 
the  last  two  years  for  the  standby  power  business,  we  recognized  a  non-cash  impairment  charge  of  $13,793  in  the  fourth 
quarter of 2010 to fully write off the goodwill and intangible assets and partially write off certain fixed assets.  For the past
two years, cautious spending and continued delays in implementing large capital projects by customers in the standby power 
industry have negatively impacted results for our Energy Services segment.  In conjunction with the non-cash impairment 
charge, we impaired goodwill of $7,974, trademarks of $1,300, patents and technology of $431, customer relationships of 
$3,819 and fixed assets of $269. 

We applied the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 820 during the annual goodwill impairment test performed in 
October 2010. Step one of the goodwill impairment test consists of determining a fair value for each of our six reporting 
units. The fair value for our reporting units cannot be determined using readily available quoted Level 1 inputs or Level 2 
inputs  that  are  observable  in  active  markets.    Therefore,  we  used  two  valuation  approaches,  the  income  and  market 
approaches,  to  estimate  the  fair  values  of  our  reporting  units,  using  Level  3  inputs.    To  estimate  the  fair  values  of 
reporting units, we use significant estimates and judgmental factors.  The key estimates and factors used in the valuation 
models include revenue growth rates and profit margins based on internal forecasts, as well as industry and market based 
terminal  growth  rates,  inputs  to  the  weighted-average  cost  of  capital  used  to  discount  future  cash  flows,  and  earnings 
multiples.    As  a  result  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test  performed  during  2010,  we  recognized  a  non-cash  goodwill 
impairment charge.  The fair value measurements of the reporting units included unobservable inputs defined above that 
are classified as Level 3 inputs. 

During  2010,  we  also  recognized  non-cash  impairments  to  indefinite  lived  and  amortizable  intangible  assets.  
The impairment charges were calculated by determining the fair value of these assets.  The fair value measurements were 
calculated using unobservable inputs including discounted cash flow analyses classified as Level 3 inputs.   

We also recognized non-cash impairments of certain fixed assets during the year ended December 31, 2010.  The 
impairment charges were calculated by determining the fair value of the fixed assets using unobservable inputs including 
market data for transactions involving similar assets.  These inputs are classified as Level 3 inputs. 

63

 
 
 
 
 
d. 

Goodwill 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  goodwill  activity  by  segment  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010  and 

2009:  

Battery & 
Energy Products 

Communications 
Systems 

Energy 
Services 

Total 

Balance at December 31, 2008 

$   2,072 

$ 14,262 

$   6,609 

$ 22,943 

Adjustments to purchase price 
   allocation 
Acquisition of AMTI 

-
-

838
1,216

439
-

1,277
1,216

Balance at December 31, 2009 

2,072

16,316 

7,048

25,436 

Adjustments to purchase price 
   allocation 
Impairment charge 
Effect of foreign currency 
   translations 

-
-

71

(183)
-

926
(7,974) 

743
(7,974) 

-

-

71

Balance at December 31, 2010 

$   2,143 

$ 16,133 

$           - 

$ 18,276 

During 2010, we have accrued $68 for the 2010 portion of the contingent cash consideration in connection with the 
purchase price for RPS, which is included in the other current liabilities line of our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.  
This accrual resulted in an increase to goodwill of $68 in the Energy Services segment. 

e.  

Other Intangible Assets 

The composition of intangible assets was:  

Trademarks 
Patents and technology 
Customer relationships 
Distributor relationships 
Non-compete agreements 

Total intangible assets 

Trademarks 
Patents and technology 
Customer relationships 
Distributor relationships 
Non-compete agreements 

Total intangible assets 

December 31, 2010
Accumulated
Amortization

Net

Gross Assets

$   3,559 
4,474 
3,955 
364 
395 

$         -   
3,108 
2,820
274 
395 

$ 12,747 

$ 6,597 

$ 3,559 
1,366 
1,135
90 
- 

$ 6,150 

December 31, 2009
Accumulated
Amortization

Net

Gross Assets

$   4,856 
5,119 
9,772 
352 
393 

$        -   
2,852 
3,972
215
389 

$ 4,856 
2,267 
5,800
137
4 

$ 20,492 

$ 7,428 

$ 13,064 

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization expense for intangible assets was $1,428, $1,683, and $2,119 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 

2009 and 2008, respectively. 

The change in the cost value of total intangible assets is a result of changes in the final valuation of tangible and 
intangible assets in connection with the 2009 acquisition, the impairment of the intangibles in the standby power business 
included in the Energy Services segment and the effect of foreign currency translations. 

Note 4 - Operating Leases 

 We lease various buildings, machinery, land, automobiles and office equipment.  Rental expenses for all operating 
leases were approximately $1,479, $1,334 and $1,001 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.   
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2010 are as follows:  

2011
$   1,261 

2012
$   708 

2013
$  483 

2014
$  334 

2015
and beyond
$   323 

Note 5 - Debt and Capital Leases 

Credit Facilities

On  February  17,  2010,  we  entered  into  a  new  senior  secured  asset  based  revolving  credit  facility  (“Credit 
Facility”)  of  up  to  $35,000  with  RBS  Business  Capital,  a  division  of  RBS  Asset  Finance,  Inc.  (“RBS”).  The proceeds 
from the Credit Facility can be used for general working capital purposes, general corporate purposes, and letter of credit 
foreign exchange support.  The Credit Facility has a maturity date of February 17, 2013 (“Maturity Date”).  The Credit 
Facility is secured by substantially all of our assets.  At closing, we paid RBS a facility fee of $263.    

On  February  18,  2010,  we  drew  down  $9,870  from  the  Credit  Facility  to  repay  all  outstanding  amounts  due 
under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Manufacturers and Traders 
Trust  Company,  with  JP  Morgan  Chase  Bank  acting  as  the  administrative  agent.  Our  available  borrowing  under  the 
Credit Facility fluctuates from time to time based upon amounts of eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory.  
Available borrowings under the Credit Facility equals the lesser of (1) $35,000 or (2) 85% of eligible accounts receivable 
plus  the  lesser  of  (a)  up  to  70%  of  the  book  value  of  our  eligible  inventory  or  (b)  85%  of  the  appraised  net  orderly 
liquidation value of our eligible inventory.  The borrowing base under the Credit Facility is further reduced by (1) the face 
amount of any letters of credit outstanding, (2) any liabilities of ours under hedging contracts with RBS and (3) the value 
of  any  reserves  as  deemed  appropriate  by  RBS.  We  are  required  to  have  at  least  $3,000  available  under  the  Credit 
Facility at all times. 

At  December  31,  2010,  interest  currently  accrues  on  outstanding  indebtedness  under  the  Credit  Facility  at 
LIBOR plus 4.50%.  We have the ability, in certain circumstances, to fix the interest rate for up to 90 days from the date 
of borrowing.  Upon delivery of our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 to RBS, and 
assuming no events of default exist at such time, the rate of interest under the Credit Facility can fluctuate based on the 
available borrowings remaining under the Credit Facility as set forth in the following table:  

Excess Availability

Greater than $10,000  

LIBOR Rate Plus

4.00%  

Greater than $7,500 but less than or equal to $10,000  

4.25%  

Greater than $5,000 but less than or equal to $7,500  

4.50%  

Greater than $3,000 but less than or equal to $5,000  

4.75%  

On January 19, 2011, we entered in a First Amendment to Credit Agreement (“First Amendment”) with RBS.  

The First Amendment amended the Credit Facility as follows: 

65

 
 
 
   
   
   
   
(i)   Eligible accounts receivable under the Credit Facility (for the determination of available borrowings) now 
include  foreign  (non-U.S.)  accounts  subject  to  credit  insurance  payable  to  RBS  (formerly,  such  accounts 
were not eligible without arranging letter of credit facilities satisfactory to RBS).  

(ii)  Decreased the interest rate that will accrue on outstanding indebtedness, as set forth in the following table: 

Excess Availability

Greater than $10,000  

LIBOR Rate Plus

3.00%  

Greater than $6,000 but less than or equal to $10,000  

3.25%  

Greater than $3,000 but less than or equal to $6,000  

3.50%  

In addition to paying interest on the outstanding principal under the Credit Facility, we are required to pay an 
unused  line  fee  of  0.50%  on  the  unused  portion  of  the  $35,000  Credit  Facility.  We  must  also  pay  customary  letter  of 
credit fees equal to the LIBOR rate and the applicable margin and any other customary fees or expenses of the issuing 
bank.    Interest  that  accrues  under  the  Credit  Facility  is  to  be  paid  monthly  with  all  outstanding  principal,  interest  and 
applicable fees due on the Maturity Date.  

We are required to maintain a fixed coverage ratio of 1.20 to 1.00 or greater at all times as of and after March 28, 
2010.  As of December 31, 2010, our fixed charge ratio was 2.28 to 1.00.  Accordingly, we were in compliance with the 
financial  covenants  of  the  Credit  Facility.    All  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  are  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of 
customary  conditions,  including  the  absence  of  an  event  of  default  and  accuracy  of  our  representations  and 
warranties.  The Credit Facility also includes customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events 
of default.  If an event of default occurs, RBS would be entitled to take various actions, including accelerating the amount 
due under the Credit Facility, and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.  

As of December 31, 2010, we had $8,541 outstanding under the Credit Facility.  At December 31, 2010, the interest 
rate  on  the  asset  based  revolver  component  of  the  Credit  Facility  was  4.77%.    As  of  December  31,  2010,  the  revolver 
arrangement  provided  for  up  to  $35,000  of  borrowing  capacity,  including  outstanding  letters  of  credit.    At  December  31, 
2010, we had $-0- of outstanding letters of credit related to this facility. 

Equipment and Vehicle Notes Payable 

We have eight notes payable related to various equipment and vehicles.  The notes payable provide for payments 
(including principal and interest) of $58 per year, collectively.  The interest rates on the notes payable range from 0.00% to 
7.13%.  The term on the notes payable range from 24 to 72 months, with payments on the individual notes payable ending 
between March 2011 and September 2012.  The respective equipment and vehicles collateralize the notes payable. 

Capital Leases 

We have fourteen capital leases.  All fourteen capital lease commitments are for vehicles that provide for payments 
(including principal and interest) of $156 per year, collectively, from December 2012 through November 2013.  Remaining 
interest payable on all of the capital leases is approximately $40.  At the end of the lease terms, we are required to purchase
the assets under the capital lease commitments for one dollar each.   

Convertible Notes Payable 

On November 16, 2007, we finalized a settlement agreement with the sellers of McDowell Research, Ltd. relating 
to various operational issues that arose during the first several months following the July 2006 acquisition that significantly
reduced  our  profit  margins.    The  settlement  agreement  amount  was  approximately  $7,900.    The  settlement  agreement 
reduced  the  principal  amount  on  the  convertible  notes  initially  issued  in  that  transaction  from  $20,000  to  $14,000,  and 
eliminated a $1,889 liability related to a purchase price adjustment.  In addition, the interest rate on the convertible notes was
increased from 4% to 5% and we made prepayments totaling $3,500 on the convertible notes.  Upon payment of the $3,500 
in November 2007, we reported a one-time, non-operating gain of approximately $7,550 to account for the settlement, net of 
certain adjustments related to the change in the interest rate on the convertible notes.  Based on the facts and circumstances 
surrounding the settlement agreement, there was not a clear and direct link to the acquisition’s purchase price; therefore, we 
recorded  the  settlement  as  an  adjustment  to  income  in  accordance  with  the  pre-revised  FASB  guidance  for  business 
combinations.  In January 2008, the remaining $10,500 principal balance on the convertible notes was converted in full into 
66

   
   
   
700,000 shares of our common stock, and the remaining $313 that pertained to the change in the interest rate on the notes 
was recorded in other income as a gain on debt conversion.   

On  November  16,  2007,  under  the  terms  of  the  stock  purchase  agreement  for  Stationary  Power  Services,  Inc. 
(“SPS”), we issued a $4,000 subordinated convertible promissory note to be held by the previous owner of SPS for partial 
consideration of the purchase price.  The $4,000 subordinated convertible promissory note carried a three-year term, bore 
interest at the rate of 5% per year and was convertible at $15.00 per share into 266,667 shares of our common stock, with 
a forced conversion feature at $17.00 per share.  We have evaluated the terms of the conversion feature under applicable 
accounting  literature,  including  FASB’s  guidance  in  accounting  for  derivative  instruments  and  hedging  activities  and 
accounting  for  derivative  financial  instruments  indexed  to,  and  potentially  settled  in,  a  company’s  own  stock,  and 
concluded that this feature should not be separately accounted for as a derivative.  Effective March 28, 2009, we entered 
into  Amended  and  Restated  Subordinated  Convertible  Promissory  Note  (“Amended  Note”)  with  William  Maher,  the 
former  owner  of  SPS.    The  Amended  Note  reduced  the  principal  amount  under  the  original  subordinated  convertible 
promissory  note  (“Original  Note”),  as  issued  in  connection  with  the  SPS  acquisition  in  November  2007,  by  $580  to 
$3,420.  This reduction was an offset of amounts owed to SPS from WMSP Holdings, LLC (an entity wholly owned by 
William  Maher).    There  were  no  other  revisions  to  any  of  the  other  terms  of  the  Original  Note.    In  February  2010,  in 
connection  with  the  closing  on  the  new  credit  facility  with  RBS,  we  made  a  prepayment  of  $129  on  the  outstanding 
principal  balance  of  the  Amended  Note.    In  April  2010,  we  changed  the  name  of  Stationary  Power  Services,  Inc.  to 
Ultralife Energy Services Corporation.  The Amended Note matured on November 16, 2010, with principal and accrued 
interest due in full, totaling $3,312.  We paid the $3,312 amount primarily from cash on hand and cash generated from 
operations, in addition to borrowing from our credit facility, as necessary. 

Payment Schedule 

As of December 31, 2010, scheduled principal payments under the current amount outstanding of debt and capital 

leases are as follows:  

Credit
Facility

Equipment
and Vehicle 
Notes Payable  Capital Leases 

2011
2012
2013
2014
2015 and thereafter 

Less:  Current portion 
Long-term 

 $   8,541 
             - 
             - 
             - 
             -
8,541
8,541 
$           -

$  53 
10
-
-
-
63 
53 
$  10

$  123 
132
109
-
-
364 
123 
$  241

Total 

$ 8,717 
142
109
          - 
          -
8,968 
8,717 
$    251

Note 6 - Commitments and Contingencies

a.

Indemnity 

 The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that directors or officers will be reimbursed for all expenses, to 

the fullest extent permitted by law arising out of their performance as our agents or trustees.  

b.

Purchase Commitments  

As of December 31, 2010, we have made commitments to purchase approximately $275 of production machinery 

and equipment.  

c.

Royalty Agreements   

Technology underlying certain of our products is based in part on non-exclusive transfer agreements.  In 2003, we 
entered into an agreement with Saft Groupe S.A., to license certain tooling for battery cases.  The licensing fee associated 
with this agreement is based on a percentage of the sales price of the individual battery case, up to a maximum of one dollar 
per battery case.  The total royalty expense reflected in 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $242, $19 and $22, respectively.  This 
agreement expires in the year 2017.               

67

 
 
 
d.

Government Grants/Loans 

We have been able to obtain certain grants/loans from government agencies to assist with various funding needs.  In 
November  2001,  we  received  approval  for  a  $300  grant/loan  from  New  York  State.    The  grant/loan  was  to  fund  capital 
expansion plans that we expected would lead to job creation.  In this case, we were to be reimbursed after the full completion 
of the particular project.  This grant/loan also required us to meet and maintain certain levels of employment. During 2002, 
since we did not meet the initial employment threshold, it appeared unlikely at that time that we would be able to gain access 
to these funds.  However, during 2006, our employment levels had increased to a level that exceeded the minimum threshold, 
and we received these funds in April 2007. This grant/loan required us to not only meet, but maintain our employment levels 
for a pre-determined time period.  Our employment levels met the specified levels as of December 31, 2007 and 2008.  As a 
result  of  meeting  the  employment  levels  as  of  December  31,  2008,  we  have  satisfied  all  of  the  requirements  for  the 
grant/loan,  we  have  recognized  grant  revenue  of  $300  in  the  miscellaneous  income  (expense)  line  of  our  Consolidated 
Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2008, and no amounts are owed on such grant/loan. 

In  October  2005,  we  received  a  contract  valued  at  approximately  $3,000  from  the  U.S.  Defense  Department  to 
purchase equipment and enhance processes to reduce lead times and increase manufacturing efficiency to boost production 
surge capability of our BA-5390 battery during contingency operations.  Approximately $1,750 of the total contract amount 
pertains to inventory that was included in our inventory balance at December 31, 2010 and 2009, offset by deferred revenues 
which  are  included  in  other  current  liabilities.    Approximately  $775  of  the  total  contract  pertains  to  a  reimbursement  for 
expenses  incurred  to  implement  more  effective  processes  and  procedures,  and  the  remaining  approximately  $525  was 
allocated to purchase equipment that is owned by the U.S. Defense Department.  In 2006, we received $1,325 relating to this 
contract.  In 2007, we received $1,257 relating to this contract.  In 2008, we received $495 relating to this contract.  The 
funding for this contract was completed during 2008. 

In conjunction with the City of West Point, Mississippi, we applied for a Community Development Block Grant 
(“CDBG”) from the State of Mississippi for infrastructure improvements to our leased facility that is owned by the City 
of  West  Point,  Mississippi.    The  CDBG  was  awarded  and  as  of  December  31,  2010,  approximately  $480  has  been 
distributed under the grant.  Under an agreement with the City of West Point, we have agreed to employ at least 30 full-
time  employees  at  the  facility,  of  which  51%  of  the  jobs  must  be  filled  or  made  available  to  low  or  moderate  income 
families, within three years of completion of the CDBG improvement activities.  In addition, we have agreed to invest at 
least $1,000 in equipment and working capital into the facility within the first three years of operation of the facility.  We 
are currently in the process of satisfying both of these commitments, and anticipate meeting both of them before the three-
year period ends in October 2011.  In the event we fail to honor these commitments, we are obligated to reimburse all 
amounts received under the CDBG to the City of West Point, Mississippi. 

In conjunction with Clay County, Mississippi, we applied for a Mississippi Rural Impact Fund Grant (“RIFG”) 
from  the  State  of  Mississippi  for  infrastructure  improvements  to  our  leased  facility  that  is  owned  by  the  City  of  West 
Point, Mississippi.  The RIFG was awarded and as of December 31, 2010, approximately $150 has been distributed under 
the  grant.    Under  an  agreement  with  Clay  County,  we  have  agreed  to  employ  at  least  30  full-time  employees  at  the 
facility, of which 51% of the jobs must be filled or made available to low or moderate income families, within two years 
of completion of the RIFG improvement activities.  In September 2010, we received an extension for this commitment to 
March 31, 2011.  In addition, we have agreed to invest at least $1,000 in equipment and working capital into the facility 
within  the  first  three  years  of  operation  of  the  facility.    We  are  currently  in  the  process  of  satisfying  both  of  these 
commitments, and anticipate meeting both of them before the applicable periods end in March 2011 and October 2011, 
respectively.  In the event we fail to honor these commitments, we are obligated to reimburse all amounts received under 
the RIFG to Clay County, Mississippi. 

e.

Employment Contracts 

                 We have an employment contract with Michael  D. Popielec, our President and Chief Executive Officer, which 
stays  in  effect  until  terminated  by  either  party.   This  agreement  provides  for  a  base  salary  of  $450,000,  as  adjusted  for 
increases  at  the  discretion  of  our  Board  of  Directors,  and  includes  incentive  bonuses  based  upon  attainment  of  specified 
quantitative  and  qualitative  performance  goals.   This  agreement  also  provides  for  severance  payments  in  the  event  of 
specified events of termination of employment.  In addition, this agreement provides for a lump sum payment in the event of 
termination of employment in association with a change in control. 

 We  have  an  employment  contract  with  one  of  our  other  executive  officers,  with  automatic  one-year  renewals 
unless terminated by either party.  This agreement provides for a minimum salary, as adjusted for annual increases, and may 
include  incentive  bonuses  based  upon  attainment  of  specified  management  goals.    This  agreement  also  provides  for 

68

 
 
 
severance payments in the event of specified termination of employment.  In addition, this agreement provides for a lump 
sum payment in the event of termination of employment in association with a change in control. 

Select  key  employees  are  required  to  enter  into  agreements  providing  for  confidentiality  and  the  assignment  of 
rights  to  inventions  made  by  them  while  employed  by  us.  These  agreements  also  contain  certain  noncompetition  and 
nonsolicitation  provisions  effective  during  the  employment  term  and  for varying  periods  thereafter  depending  on position 
and location. There can be no assurance that we will be able to enforce these agreements.  All of our employees agree to 
abide by the terms of a Code of Ethics policy that provides for the confidentiality of certain information received during the 
course of their employment. 

In connection with the USE acquisition, we entered into employment contracts with certain key employees for a 
term  of  three  years.    These  agreements  provide  for  minimum  salaries  and  may  include  incentive  bonuses  based  upon 
attainment of specified management goals.  In addition, these agreements provide for severance payments in the event of a 
specified termination of employment. 

In connection with the AMTI acquisition, we entered into employment contracts with certain key employees for a 
term of two years.  These agreements provide for minimum salaries and provide for severance payments in the event of a 
specified termination of employment. 

f.

Product Warranties 

 We  estimate  future  costs  associated  with  expected  product  failure  rates,  material  usage  and  service  costs  in  the 
development  of  our  warranty  obligations.    Warranty  reserves  are  based  on  historical  experience  of  warranty  claims  and 
generally will be estimated as a percentage of sales over the warranty period.  In the event the actual results of these items 
differ  from  the  estimates,  an  adjustment to  the  warranty  obligation  would be  recorded.  Changes  in  our  product  warranty 
liability during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were as follows: 

Balance at beginning of year 
Accruals for warranties issued 
Settlements made 

Balance at end of year 

g. 

Post Audits of Government Contracts 

2010

2009

2008

$1,182 
542 
(481) 

$1,243 

$1,010 
387 
(215) 

$1,182 

$   501 
921 
(412) 

$1,010 

                 We had certain “exigent”, non-bid contracts with the U.S. government, which were subject to audit and final price 
adjustment, which resulted  in  decreased  margins compared with  the original terms of the contracts.  As of December 31, 
2010, there were no outstanding exigent contracts with the government.  As part of its due diligence, the government has 
conducted post-audits of the completed exigent contracts to ensure that information used in supporting the pricing of exigent 
contracts  did  not  differ  materially  from  actual  results.    In  September  2005,  the  Defense  Contracting  Audit  Agency 
(“DCAA”)  presented  its  findings  related  to  the  audits  of  three  of  the  exigent  contracts,  suggesting  a  potential  pricing 
adjustment of approximately $1,400 related to reductions in the cost of materials that occurred prior to the final negotiation 
of these contracts.  We have reviewed these audit reports, have submitted our response to these audits and believe, taken as a 
whole,  the  proposed  audit  adjustments  can  be  offset  with  the  consideration  of  other  compensating  cost  increases  that 
occurred prior to the final negotiation of the contracts.  While we believe that potential exposure exists relating to any final
negotiation  of  these  proposed  adjustments,  we  cannot  reasonably  estimate  what,  if  any,  adjustment  may  result  when 
finalized.    In  addition,  in  June  2007,  we  received  a  request  from  the  Office  of  Inspector  General  of  the  Department  of 
Defense (“DoD IG”) seeking certain information and documents relating to our business with the Department of Defense.  
We  continue  to  cooperate  with  the  DCAA  audit  and  DoD  IG  inquiry  by  making  available  to  government  auditors  and 
investigators  our  personnel  and  furnishing  the  requested  information  and  documents.    The  DCAA  Audit  and  DoD  IG 
inquiry  have  now  been  consolidated  and  the  US  Attorney’s  Office  is  representing  the  government  in  connection  with 
these matters.  We recently received a settlement proposal from the US Attorney which was based on the non-acceptance 
of various positions submitted by us in discussions and exchanges related to these matters.  We are now reviewing the 
settlement proposal for purposes of preparing our response.  At this time we have no basis for quantifying any penalties or 
liabilities  we  might  face  on  account  of  the  DCAA  Audit  and  DoD  IG  inquiry.    The  aforementioned  DCAA-related 
adjustments could reduce margins and, along with the aforementioned DOD IG inquiry, could have an adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations.    

69

 
 
 
 
 
h.

Legal Matters 

 We are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business.   We believe that the 
final disposition of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash
flows.

In  May  2010,  we  were  served  with  a  summons  and  complaint  by  a  customer  of  one  of  our  subsidiaries  that 
performs energy services.  The complaint seeks damages in an amount of at least $1,500 and includes claims of breach of 
contract, negligent installation, and breach of warranty against us and breach of warranty against the manufacturer of the 
installed batteries.  In January 2011, we settled all claims related to the litigation.  Pursuant to the settlement, we agreed to 
pay the customer $1,100, of which, $1,075 was paid by our insurance providers. 

In  July  2010,  we  were  served  with  a  summons  and  complaint  filed  in  Japan  by  one  of  our  9-volt  battery 
customers. The complaint alleges damages associated with claims of breach of warranty in an amount of approximately 
$1,400.  We dispute the customer’s allegations against us and intend to vigorously defend the lawsuit.  At this time, we 
have no basis for assessing whether we may incur any liability as a result of the lawsuit and no accrual has been made or 
reflected in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010. 

In  October  2008,  we  filed  a  summons  and  complaint  against  one  of  our  vendors  seeking  to  recover  at  least 
$3,600 in damages, plus interest resulting from the vendor’s breach of contract and failure to perform by failing to timely 
deliver product and delivering product that failed to conform to the contractual requirements.  The vendor filed an answer 
and counterclaim in November 2008 denying liability to us for breach of contract and asserting various counterclaims for 
non-payment,  fraud,  unjust  enrichment,  unfair  and  deceptive  trade  practices,  breach  of  covenant  of  good  faith  and  fair 
dealing, negligent misrepresentation, and tortuous interference with contract and prospective economic advantage.  In its 
answer  and  counterclaims,  the  vendor  claims  damages  in  excess  of  $3,500  plus  interest  and  other  incidental, 
consequential and punitive damages.  In September 2009, we settled all claims related to the litigation.  Pursuant to the 
settlement, we agreed to pay the vendor $1,500 of the $3,556 that we had previously reflected in the accounts payable line 
of our Consolidated Balance Sheets relating to this matter.  We further agreed to issue an $800 credit on future purchases 
to our customer in this matter.  This $800 credit was utilized in full during the fourth quarter of 2009.  As a result, we 
have recognized a net gain on litigation settlement of $1,256, and which has been reflected in the cost of products sold 
line on our Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

In January 2008, we  filed  a summons  and complaint  against  one of our  customers  seeking  to  recover  $162  in 
unpaid invoices, plus interest for product supplied to the customer under a Master Purchase Agreement (“MPA”).  The 
customer  filed  an  answer  and  counterclaim  in  March  2008  alleging  that  the  product  did  not  conform  with  a  material 
requirement of the MPA.  The customer claims restitution, cost of cover, and incidental and consequential damages in an 
approximate amount of $2,800.  In June 2009, we received a jury verdict in our favor awarding us $162 in damages on 
our claim and finding no liability on the customer’s counterclaim.  We received full payment from the customer on the 
award in June 2009, and in July 2009, the parties reached an agreement in which the customer agreed not to pursue an 
appeal from the jury verdict. 

In conjunction with our purchase/lease of our Newark, New York facility in 1998, we entered into a payment-in-
lieu of tax agreement, which provided us with real estate tax concessions upon meeting certain conditions.  In connection 
with  this  agreement,  a  consulting  firm  performed  a  Phase  I  and  II  Environmental  Site  Assessment,  which  revealed  the 
existence  of  contaminated  soil  and  ground  water  around  one  of  the  buildings.    We  retained  an  engineering  firm,  which 
estimated that the cost of remediation should be approximately $230.  In February 1998, we entered into an agreement with a 
third  party  which  provides  that  we  and  this  third  party  will  retain  an  environmental  consulting  firm  to  conduct  a 
supplemental  Phase  II  investigation  to  verify  the  existence  of  the  contaminants  and  further  delineate  the  nature  of  the 
environmental  concern.    The  third  party  agreed  to  reimburse  us  for  fifty  percent  (50%)  of  the  cost  of  correcting  the 
environmental  concern  on  the  Newark  property.    We  have  fully  reserved  for  our  portion  of  the  estimated  liability.    Test 
sampling was completed in the spring of 2001, and the engineering report was submitted to the New York State Department 
of  Environmental  Conservation  (“NYSDEC”)  for  review.    NYSDEC  reviewed  the  report  and,  in  January  2002, 
recommended additional testing.  We responded by submitting a work plan to NYSDEC, which was approved in April 2002.  
We sought proposals from engineering firms to complete the remedial work contained in the work plan.  A firm was selected 
to undertake the remediation and in December 2003 the remediation was completed, and was overseen by the NYSDEC. The 
report detailing the remediation project, which included the test results, was forwarded to the NYSDEC and to the New York 
State  Department  of  Health  (“NYSDOH”).    The  NYSDEC,  with  input  from  the  NYSDOH,  requested  that  we  perform 
additional sampling.  A work plan for this portion of the project was written and delivered to the NYSDEC and approved.  In 
November 2005, additional soil, sediment and surface water samples were taken from the area outlined in the work plan, as 
well as groundwater samples from the monitoring wells.  We received the laboratory analysis and met with the NYSDEC in 

70

 
March 2006 to discuss the results.     On June 30, 2006, the Final Investigation Report was delivered to the NYSDEC by our 
outside environmental consulting firm.  In November 2006, the NYSDEC completed its review of the Final Investigation 
Report  and  requested  additional  groundwater,  soil  and  sediment  sampling.    A  work  plan  to  address  the  additional 
investigation was submitted to the NYSDEC in January 2007 and was approved in April 2007.  Additional investigation 
work was performed in May 2007.  A preliminary report of results was prepared by our outside environmental consulting 
firm in August 2007 and a meeting with the NYSDEC and NYSDOH took place in September 2007.  As a result of this 
meeting, NYSDEC and NYSDOH have requested additional investigation work.  A work plan to address this additional 
investigation  was  submitted  to  and  approved  by  the  NYSDEC  in  November  2007.    Additional  investigation  work  was 
performed in December 2007.  Our environmental consulting firm prepared and submitted a Final Investigation Report in 
January  2009  to  the  NYSDEC  for  review.    The  NYSDEC  reviewed  and  approved  the  Final  Investigation  Report  in  June 
2009  and  requested  the  development  of  a  Remedial  Action  Plan.    Our  environmental  consulting  firm  developed  and 
submitted the requested plan for review and approval by the NYSDEC.  In October 2009, we received comments back from 
the  NYSDEC  regarding  the  content  of  the  remediation  work  plan.    Our  environmental  consulting  form  incorporated  the 
requested  changes  and  submitted  a  revised  work  plan  to  the  NYSDEC  in  January  2010  for  review  and  approval.    Upon 
approval from the NYSDEC, environmental remediation work was completed in July and August 2010.  Our environmental 
consulting  firm  prepared  a  Final  Engineering  report  which  was  submitted  to  the  NYSDEC  for  review  and  approval  in 
October 2010.  Comments on the Final Engineering report and associated documents were received from the NYSDEC in 
December 2010.  Our environmental consulting firm revised the Final Engineering report and submitted the report and 
associated documents to the NYSDEC for review and approval in January 2011.  Through December 31, 2010, total costs 
incurred have amounted to approximately $340, none of which has been capitalized.  At December 31, 2010 and December 
31, 2009, we had $22 and $49, respectively, reserved for this matter. 

A retail end-user of a product manufactured by one of our customers (the ”Customer“) made a claim against the 
Customer  wherein  it  asserted  that  the  Customer's  product,  which  is  powered  by  one  of  our  batteries,  did  not  operate 
according to the Customer's product specification.  No claim has been filed against us.  However, in the interest of fostering 
good customer relations, in September 2002, we agreed to lend technical support to the Customer in defense of its claim.  
Additionally, we assured the Customer that we would honor our warranty by replacing any batteries that were determined to 
be defective.  Subsequently, we learned that the end-user and the Customer settled the matter. In February 2005, we entered 
into a settlement agreement with the Customer.  Under the terms of the agreement, we have agreed to provide replacement 
batteries for product determined to be defective, to warrant each replacement battery under our standard warranty terms and 
conditions, and to provide the Customer product at a discounted price for shipments made prior to December 31, 2008 in 
recognition of the Customer’s administrative costs in responding to the claim of the retail end-user.  In consideration of the 
above, the Customer released us from any and all liability with respect to this matter.  Consequently, we do not anticipate 
any further expenses with regard to this matter other than our obligation under the settlement agreement. 

i.

Workers’ Compensation Self-Insured Trust 

From  August  2002  through  August  2006,  we  participated  in  a  self-insured  trust  to  manage  our  workers’ 
compensation activity for our employees in New York State.  All members of this trust had, by design, joint and several 
liability during the time they participated in the trust.  In August 2006, we left the self-insured trust and have obtained 
alternative coverage for our workers’ compensation program through a third-party insurer. In the third quarter of 2006, we 
confirmed  that  the  trust  was  in  an  underfunded  position  (i.e.  the  assets  of  the  trust  were  insufficient  to  cover  the 
actuarially  projected  liabilities  associated  with  the  members  in  the  trust).    In  the  third  quarter  of  2006,  we  recorded  a 
liability and an associated expense of $350 as an estimate of our potential future cost related to the trust’s underfunded 
status based on our estimated level of participation.  On April 28, 2008, we, along with all other members of the trust, 
were served  by  the  State  of New  York Workers’  Compensation  Board (“Compensation  Board”) with  a Summons with 
Notice that was filed in Albany County Supreme Court, wherein the Compensation Board put all members of the trust on 
notice that it would be seeking approximately $1,000 in previously billed and unpaid assessments and further assessments 
estimated to be not less than $25,000 arising from the accumulated estimated under-funding of the trust.  The Summons 
with Notice did not contain a complaint or a specified demand.  We timely filed a Notice of Appearance in response to the 
Summons with Notice.  On June 16, 2008, we were served with a Verified Complaint.  Subject to the results of a deficit 
reconstruction that was pending, the Verified Complaint estimated that the trust was underfunded by $9,700 during the 
period of December 1, 1997 – November 30, 2003 and an additional $19,400 for the period December 1, 2003 – August 
31,  2006.    The  Verified  Complaint  estimated  our  pro-rata  share  of  the  liability  for  the  period  of  December  1,  1997  – 
November 30, 2003 to be $195.  The Verified Complaint did not contain a pro-rata share liability estimate for the period 
of December 1, 2003-August 31, 2006.  Further, the Verified Complaint stated that all estimates of the underfunded status 
of  the  trust  and  the  pro-rata  share  liability  for  the  period  of  December  1,  1997-November  30,  2003  were  subject  to 
adjustment  based  on  a  forensic  audit  of  the  trust  that  was  being  conducted  on  behalf  of  the  Compensation  Board  by  a 
third-party audit firm.  We timely filed our Verified Answer with Affirmative Defenses on July 24, 2008.  In November 
2009, the New York Attorney General’s office presented the results of the deficit reconstruction of the trust.  As a result 

71

 
of the deficit reconstruction, the State of New York has determined that the trust was underfunded by $19,100 instead of 
$29,100 during the period December 1, 1997 to August 31, 2006.  Our pro-rata share of the liability was determined to be 
$452.    The  Attorney  General’s  office  has  proposed  a  settlement  by  which  we  may  avoid  joint  and  several  liability  in 
exchange for settlement payment of $520.  Under the terms of the settlement agreement, we can satisfy our obligations by 
either  paying  (i)  a  lump  sum  of  $468,  representing  a  10%  discount,  (ii)  paying  the  entire  amount  in  twelve  monthly 
installments  of  $43  commencing  the  month  following  execution  of  the  settlement  agreement,  or  (iii)  paying  the  entire 
amount  in  monthly  installments  over  a  period  of  up  to  five  years,  with  interest  of  6.0,  6.5,  7.0,  and  7.5%  for  the  two, 
three, four and five year periods, respectively.  We elected the twelve monthly installments option and on May 3, 2010, 
we received written notice from the Attorney General’s office that the Compensation Board had decided to proceed with 
the settlement, as proposed, and that payments would commence in June 2010.  As of December 31, 2010, our reserve is 
$217 to account for the remaining five monthly installments of the $520 settlement amount. 

Note 7 - Shareholders' Equity 

a. 

Preferred Stock  

We have authorized 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with  a par value of $0.10 per share.  At December 31, 

2010, no preferred shares were issued or outstanding.  

b.

Common Stock 

We have authorized 40,000,000 shares of common stock, with a par value of $0.10 per share. 

In August 2008, we issued 7,222 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at 
$78.  In November 2008, we issued 5,515 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at 
$46. 

In February 2009, we issued 4,388 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at 
$37.  In May 2009, we issued 10,725 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at $76.  
In August 2009, we issued 11,881 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at $76.  In 
November 2009, we issued 19,345 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at $77. 

In September 2009, we issued 21,340 shares of common stock to four members of the AMTI management team in 

accordance with the asset purchase agreement for AMTI, valued at $136. 

In February 2010, we issued 19,346 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued 
at $76.  In May 2010, we issued 18,528 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at 
$87.  In August 2010, we issued 16,616 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at 
$76.  In November 2010, we issued 11,811 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at 
$76. 

See Note 2 for additional information relating to the issuance of 200,000 shares of our common stock to the Share 

Recipients of USE. 

c.

Treasury Stock   

At  December  31,  2010  and  2009,  we  had  1,371,900  and  1,358,507  shares,  respectively,  of  treasury  stock 
outstanding, valued at $7,652 and $7,558, respectively.  The increase in treasury shares related to the vesting of restricted 
stock awards for certain key employees, a portion of which were withheld as treasury shares to cover estimated individual 
income taxes, since the vesting of such awards is a taxable event for the individuals. 

In  October  2008,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  share  repurchase  program  of  up  to  $10,000  to  be 
implemented over the course of a six-month period.  In April 2009, this share repurchase program expired.  Repurchases 
were  made  from  time  to  time  at  management’s  discretion,  either  in  the  open  market  or  through  privately  negotiated 
transactions.  The repurchases were made in compliance with Securities and Exchange Commission guidelines and were 
subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements, and other factors.  We had no obligation under the program to 
repurchase  shares  and  the  program  could  have  been  suspended  or  discontinued  at  any  time  without  prior  notice.    We 
funded the purchase price for shares acquired primarily with current cash on hand and cash generated from operations, in 

72

 
 
 
 
addition to borrowing from our credit facility, as necessary.  Under this repurchase program, we made the following share 
repurchases: 

Years Ended December 31,

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

2009

2008

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

416,305 
- 
- 
-

$ 3,326 
- 
- 
-

- 
-
-
212,108

$         - 
-
-
1,815

Total 

416,305

$ 3,326

212,108

$ 1,815

d. 

Stock Options   

We  have  various  stock-based  employee  compensation  plans,  for  which  we  follow  the  provisions  of  FASB’s 
guidance on share-based payments, which requires that compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be 
recognized in the financial statements.  The cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is 
recognized as an expense over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity award).    

Our shareholders have approved various equity-based plans that permit the grant of options, restricted  stock and 

other equity-based awards. In addition, our shareholders have approved the grant of options outside of these plans.  

In  December  2000,  our  shareholders  approved  a  stock  option  plan  for  grants  to  key  employees,  directors  and 
consultants.  The  shareholders  approved  reservation  of  500,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  grant  under  the  plan.  In 
December  2002,  the  shareholders  approved  an  amendment  to  the  plan  increasing  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock 
reserved by 500,000, to a total of 1,000,000.    

In  June  2004,  shareholders  adopted  the  2004  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (“LTIP”)  pursuant  to  which  we  were 
authorized  to  issue  up  to  750,000  shares  of  common  stock  and  grant  stock  options,  restricted  stock  awards,  stock 
appreciation  rights  and  other  stock-based  awards.    In  June  2006,  shareholders  approved  an  amendment  to  the  LTIP, 
increasing the number of shares of Common Stock by an additional 750,000, bringing the total shares authorized under the 
LTIP  to  1,500,000.    In  June  2008,  the  shareholders  approved  another  amendment  to  the  LTIP,  increasing  the  number  of 
shares of common stock by an additional 500,000, bringing the total shares authorized under the LTIP to 2,000,000. 

Options granted under the amended stock option plan and the LTIP are either Incentive Stock Options (“ISOs”) or 
Non-Qualified Stock Options (“NQSOs”).  Key employees are eligible to receive ISOs and NQSOs; however, directors and 
consultants are eligible to receive only NQSOs. Most ISOs vest over a three- or five-year period and expire on the sixth or 
seventh anniversary of the grant date.  All NQSOs issued to non-employee directors vest immediately and expire on either 
the  sixth  or  seventh  anniversary  of  the  grant  date.    Some  NQSOs  issued  to  non-employees  vest  immediately  and  expire 
within three years; others have the same vesting characteristics as options given to employees. As of December 31, 2010, 
there were 1,696,694 stock options outstanding under the amended 2000 stock option plan and the LTIP. 

On December 19, 2005, we granted our former President and Chief Executive Officer, John, D. Kavazanjian, an 
option  to  purchase  48,000  shares  of  common  stock  at  $12.96  per  share  outside  of  any  of  our  equity-based  compensation 
plans, subject to shareholder approval.  Shareholder approval was obtained on June 8, 2006.  The stock option is fully vested 
and expires on June 8, 2013. 

On March 7, 2008, in connection with his becoming employed by us, we granted our Chief Financial Officer and 
Treasurer, Philip A. Fain, an option to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock at $12.74 per share outside of any of our 
equity-based compensation plans.  The option vests in annual increments of 16,667 shares over a three-year period which 
commenced March 7, 2009.  The option expires on March 7, 2015. 

On  June  9,  2009,  in  connection  with  his  becoming  employed  by  us,  we  granted  our  former  Vice-President  of 
Finance and Chief Financial Officer, John C. Casper, an option to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock at $7.1845 per 
share outside of any of our equity-based compensation plans.  The option was to vest in annual increments of 10,000 shares 
over a three-year period commencing June 9, 2010.  As a result of his resignation in November 2009, this option grant has 
been cancelled. 

73

 
 
 
 
 
In conjunction with FASB’s guidance for share-based payments, we recorded compensation cost related to stock 
options of $670, $964 and $1,700 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  As of December 31, 
2010, there was $937 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to outstanding stock options, which is expected to be 
recognized over a weighted average period of 1.43 years. 

We  use  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  to  estimate  fair  value  of  stock-based  awards.    The  following 
weighted  average  assumptions  were  used  to  value  options  granted  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2009  and 
2008: 

Years Ended December 31, 
2009

2008

2010

Risk-free interest rate 
Volatility factor 
Dividends 
Weighted average expected life (years) 
Forfeiture rate 

1.67% 
80.61% 
0.00%
3.56 
14.00% 

1.69% 
67.75% 
0.00% 
3.55 
10.00% 

2.33% 
59.46% 
0.00% 
3.55 
7.00% 

We  calculate  expected  volatility  for  stock  options  by  taking  an  average  of  historical  volatility  over  the  past  five 
years  and  a  computation  of  implied  volatility.    The  computation  of  expected  term  was  determined  based  on  historical 
experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards and vesting schedules.  
The interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the award is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of 
grant.  Forfeiture rates are calculated by dividing unvested shares forfeited by beginning shares outstanding.  The pre-vesting
forfeiture rate is calculated yearly and is determined using a historical twelve-quarter rolling average of the forfeiture rates.

The following table summarizes data for the stock options issued by us:  

Year Ended December 31, 2010

Number
of Shares

1,805,107
468,250
(14,000)
(464,663)

Shares under option at 

beginning of year .............
Options granted.....................
Options exercised .................
Options cancelled .................
Shares under option at end 

Weighted
Average
Exercise 
Price  
Per Share

Weighted
Average
Remaining 
Contractual
Term

Aggregate
Intrinsic 
Value

$10.99
5.41
3.91
10.51

of year 

1,794,694

$  9.71

3.85 years

$1,291 

Vested and expected to vest 

as end of year 

1,622,634

$10.14

3.61 years

$1,023 

Options exercisable at end 

of year 

1,103,100

$12.28

2.40 years

$   229 

74

 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,

 2009

2008

Weighted
Average
Exercise 
Price  
Per Share

Weighted
Average
Exercise 
Price 
Per Share

Number
of Shares

$12.33
5.71
4.59
9.86

1,796,463
197,000
(230,840)
(84,616)

$11.51 
13.19 
6.93 
11.93 

Number
of Shares

1,651,007
620,070
(103,860)
(362,110)

Shares under option at 

beginning of year ...............
Options granted ......................
Options exercised ...................
Options cancelled ...................
Shares under option at end 

of year 

1,805,107

$10.99

1,651,007

$12.33 

Options exercisable at end of 

year 

1,697,301

$11.22

1,146,645

$12.64 

The following table represents additional information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2010: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Number of 
Outstanding
at December 31, 
2010

Weighted-
Average
Remaining 
Contractual
Life

Range of 
Exercise Prices 
$  3.91-$  3.91 
$  4.41-$  4.41 
$  4.70-$  6.91 
$  9.70-$  9.95 
$10.13-$12.18 
$12.38-$12.96 
$13.22-$13.43 
$15.05-$15.05 
$16.15-$21.28 

271,500 
218,250 
229,500 
206,691 
206,086 
259,000 
98,417 
194,250 
111,000 

$  3.91-$21.28

1,794,694

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price 
$  3.91
$  4.41
$  6.46
$  9.83
$11.08
$12.88
$13.34
$15.05
$18.39

Number
Exercisable
at December 31, 
2010

84,834 
-0-
1,000
203,691 
182,825 
241,333 
84,167 
194,250 
111,000 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price 
$  3.91
$  0.00
$  6.37
$  9.83
$10.94
$12.89
$13.36
$15.05
$18.39

$  9.71

1,103,100

$12.28

5.86
6.20
6.80
2.70
2.64
2.46
3.94
0.93
0.95

3.85

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was 
$3.06, $2.77 and $5.71.  The total  intrinsic  value of options (which is  the amount by which the stock  price exceeded the 
exercise price of the options on the date of exercise) exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 
was $43, $390 and $1,651.  

FASB’s guidance for share-based payments requires cash flows from excess tax benefits to be classified as a part of 
cash flows from financing activities.  Excess tax benefits are realized tax benefits from tax deductions for exercised options 
in excess of the deferred tax asset attributable to stock compensation costs for such options.  We did not record any excess 
tax benefits in 2010, 2009 or 2008.  Cash received from option exercises under our stock-based compensation plans for the 
years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $55, $226 and $1,517, respectively. 

e. 

Warrants 

On May 19, 2006, in connection with our acquisition of ABLE New Energy Co., Ltd., we granted warrants to 
acquire 100,000 shares of common stock.  The exercise price of the warrants is $12.30 per share and the warrants have a 
five-year term.  In January 2008, 82,000 warrants were exercised, for total proceeds received of $1,009.  In January 2009, 
10,000 warrants were exercised, for total proceeds received of $123. At December 31, 2010, there were 8,000 warrants 
outstanding.   

75

 
f. 

Restricted Stock Awards 

No restricted stock was awarded during the year ended December 31, 2010. 

During 2009, we issued 16,286 time-vested restricted stock awards to our executive officers.  The restrictions will 
lapse  over  a  three-year  period  in  equal  installments,  commencing  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  grant  date  (January  14, 
2009).  As of December 31, 2010, 3,444 of these shares had vested, along with 6,594 of these shares having been forfeited. 

During  2009,  we  issued  6,000  time-vested  restricted  stock  awards  to our  former  Vice-President  of  Finance  and 
Chief  Financial  Officer,  John  C.  Casper.    The  restrictions  were  to  lapse  over  a  two-year  period  in  equal  installments, 
commencing on the first anniversary of the grant date (June 9, 2009).  As a result of his resignation in November 2009, this 
restricted stock award has been cancelled. 

During 2009, we issued 2,500 performance-vested restricted stock awards to our former Vice-President of Finance 
and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  John  C.  Casper.    The  restrictions  were  to  lapse  only  if  we  met  or  exceeded  the  same 
predetermined target for our operating performance for 2009 as used for determining cash awards pursuant to the non-equity 
incentive plan.  As a result of his resignation in November 2009, this restricted stock award has been cancelled. 

During 2008, we issued 1,800 time-vested restricted stock awards to our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, 
Philip A. Fain.  The restrictions will lapse over a three-year period in equal installments, commencing on March 1, 2009.  As 
of December 31, 2010, 1,200 of these shares had vested. 

During  2008,  we  issued  5,000  performance-vested  restricted  stock  awards  to  our  Chief  Financial  Officer  and 
Treasurer,  Philip  A.  Fain.    The  restrictions  will  lapse  in  two  equal  installments  only  if  we  met  or  exceeded  the  same 
predetermined target for our operating performance for 2008 and 2009 as used for determining cash awards pursuant to the 
non-equity  incentive  plan.    In  March  2009,  the  restrictions  on  2,500  shares  were  removed  as  a  result  of  our  2008 
performance.  In March 2010, 2,500 shares were forfeited as a result of our 2009 performance. 

Restricted stock grants awarded during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 had the following 

values: 

Years Ended December 31, 
2009

2008

2010

Number of shares awarded 
Weighted average fair value per share 
Aggregate total value 

- 
$      0.00 
$            - 

24,786 
$      7.44 
$       185 

6,800 
$   12.59 
$        86 

The activity of restricted stock grants of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 

is summarized as follows: 

Number of Shares 

  Grant Date Fair Value 

Weighted Average 

Unvested at December 31, 2007 
     Granted 
     Vested 
     Forfeited 
Unvested at December 31, 2008 
     Granted 
     Vested 
     Forfeited 
Unvested at December 31, 2009 
     Granted 
     Vested 
     Forfeited 
Unvested at December 31, 2010 

91,903 
6,800 
(22,039) 

-
76,664 
24,786 
(31,093) 
(23,830) 
46,527 
-
(9,944)
(27,535) 
9,048 

$ 11.28 
12.59 
11.02
-
$ 11.47 
7.44 
11.60
9.81 
$ 11.42 
0.00 
12.69
10.80 
11.94 

We  recorded  compensation  cost  related  to  restricted  stock  grants  of  $92,  $100  and  $442  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  During the third quarter of 2009, we determined  that  the performance 

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
measures  for  certain  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  would  not  be  achieved.    Therefore,  these  restricted  stock 
grants  will  not  vest,  and  we  reversed  the  prior  period  recognized  expense  of  $301  for  these  performance-based  restricted 
stock grants.  As of December 31, 2010, we had $68 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock 
grants, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average period of approximately 0.77 years. The 
total fair value of these grants that vested during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $44, $209 and 
$271, respectively. 

g. 

Reserved Shares  

We  have  reserved  2,065,366,  2,106,617,  and  2,183,392  shares  of  common  stock  under  the  various  stock  option 

plans, warrants and restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 respectively.  

Note 8 - Income Taxes 

 The provision for income taxes expense (benefit) consists of:  

December 31, 
2010

December 31, 
2009

December 31, 
2008

Current: 

Federal 
State

Deferred: 
Federal 
State
Foreign

$ 

$ 

(582) 
27

(555)

(115) 
- 
-

(115)

$ 

17 
14

31

360 
- 
-

360

Total 

$ 

(670)

$ 

391

$ 

559 
23

582

3,453 
- 
(156)

3,297

3,879

We reflected a tax benefit of $670 for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The 2010 tax benefit is principally a 
result of our realization of a current tax benefit related to our election in 2010 to carry back the 2009 net operating loss to the 
prior  five  tax  years.    This  amount  was  partially  offset  by  state  income  taxes  due  for  2010.    This  election  resulted  in  us 
receiving  a  refund  of  any  alternative  minimum  taxes  paid  in  the prior  five  years.    In  addition,  we  realized  a  deferred  tax 
benefit as a result of the reassessment of the net required deferred tax liability.  This reassessment was required due to the 
impairment of certain goodwill and other intangible assets by us in 2010. 

We reflected a tax provision of $391 for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The 2009 tax provision is principally 
a result of the increase in the net deferred tax liability related to liabilities generated from goodwill and certain intangible
assets that cannot be predicted to reverse for book purposes during our loss carryforward periods.  The current federal tax 
provision relates to additional 2008 income tax that was paid in 2009.  We were not subject to the alternative minimum tax 
in the U.S. in 2009.   

We reflected a tax provision of $3,879 for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The 2008 tax provision included an 
approximate $3,100 non-cash charge to record a deferred tax liability for liabilities generated from goodwill and certain 
intangible assets that cannot be predicted to reverse for book purposes during our loss carryforward periods.  Substantially 
all  of  this  adjustment  related  to  book/tax  differences  that  occurred  during  2007  and  were  identified  during  the  second 
quarter  of  2008.    In  connection  with  this  adjustment,  we  reviewed  the  illustrative  list  of  qualitative  considerations 
provided in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 99 and other qualitative factors in our determination that this adjustment 
was  not  material  to  the  2007  consolidated  financial  statements  or  this  annual  report  on  Form  10-K.    The  2008  tax 
provision  was  also  due  to  the  application  of  the  limitation  of  net  operating  losses  in  the  computation  of  the  alternative 
minimum tax in the U.S.  Therefore, we were subject to income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2008.  In addition, we 
recognized a deferred tax benefit for the losses recorded in China. 

77

 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amount used for income tax purposes.  Significant components of our 
deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows:  

Deferred tax liabilities: 
   Property, plant and equipment 
   Intangible assets and other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

Deferred tax assets: 
Net operating loss carryforwards 
Intangible assets 
Accrued expenses, reserves and other 
Investments 

Total deferred tax assets 

December 31, 
2010

December 31, 
2009

$                  661 
                 3,789
                 4,450    

$               1,155 
                 4,081
                 5,236    

               16,146 
5,423 
5,101 
                  342
               27,012 

               19,161 
1,398 
                 6,298 
                   342
               27,199 

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets 
Net deferred tax assets 

            (26,260)
                  752

            (25,775)
               1,424

Net deferred tax liability 

$            (3,698)

$            (3,812)

 The $3,698 net deferred tax liability for the year ended December 31, 2010 is comprised of a long-term deferred 
tax liability of $3,906, offset in part by a current deferred tax asset of $208.  The $3,812 net deferred tax liability for the year 
ended December 31, 2009 is comprised of a long-term deferred tax liability of $4,100, offset in part by a current deferred tax 
asset of $288.   

In  2010,  2009  and  2008,  we  continue  to  report  a  valuation  allowance  for  our  deferred  tax  assets  that  cannot  be 
offset by reversing temporary differences in the U.S., the U.K. and China arising from the conclusion that we would not be 
able to utilize our U.S., U.K. and China NOL’s that had accumulated over time.  The recognition of the valuation allowance 
on our deferred tax asset resulted from our evaluation of all available evidence, both positive and negative.  The assessment 
of the realizability of the NOL’s was based on a number of factors including, our history of net operating losses, the volatility 
of our earnings, our historical operating volatility, our historical ability to accurately forecast earnings for future periods and 
the continued uncertainty of the general business climate as of the end of 2010.   We concluded that these factors represent 
sufficient negative evidence and have concluded that we should record a full valuation allowance under FASB’s guidance on 
the  accounting  for  income  taxes.    We  continually  assess  the  carrying  value  of  this  asset  based  on  relevant  accounting 
standards.

As of December 31, 2010, we have foreign and domestic NOL’s totaling approximately $53,188 available to reduce 
future taxable income. Foreign loss carryforwards of approximately $9,580 can be carried forward indefinitely. The domestic 
NOL carryforward of $43,608 expires from 2019 through 2029.  The domestic NOL carryforward includes approximately 
$2,910 for which a benefit will be recorded in capital in excess of par value when realized. 

 We have determined that a change in ownership, as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 382, occurred 
during 2005 and 2006. As such, the domestic NOL carryforward will be subject to an annual limitation estimated to be in the 
range  of  approximately  $12,000  to  $14,500.    The  unused  portion  of  the  annual  limitation  can  be  carried  forward  to 
subsequent  periods.  We  believe  such  limitation  will  not  impact  our  ability  to  realize  the  deferred  tax  asset.    In  addition, 
certain of our NOL carryforwards are subject to U.S. alternative minimum tax such that carryforwards can offset only 90% 
of alternative minimum taxable income.  This limitation did not have an impact on income taxes determined for 2010 and 
2009.    However,  this  limitation  did  have  an  impact  of  $559  on  income  taxes  for  2008.    The  use  of  our  U.K.  NOL 
carryforwards may be limited due to the change in the U.K. operation during 2008 from a manufacturing and assembly 
center to primarily a distribution and service center. 

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
      
         
 
For financial reporting purposes, income (loss) before income taxes is as follows:  

United States 
Foreign

Total 

December 31, 
2010

December 31, 
2009

December 31, 
2008

$          (5,512) 
            (1,367)

$          (6,317) 
            (2,523)

$          21,364 
             (3,860)

$          (6,879)

$          (8,840)

$          17,504

There are no undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries, at December 31, 2010 or December 31, 2009.  

We  have  been  granted  a  tax  holiday  in  China.    As  a  result  of  new  legislation  effective  for  2008,  ABLE’s 
corporate  income  rate  increased  to  9%,  which  is  50%  of  the  new  2008  tax  rate  of  18%.  For  2009,  ABLE’s  corporate 
income  rate  increased  to  10%,  which  is  50%  of  the  normal  20%  tax  rate  for  the  jurisdiction  in  which  we  operate.  
Thereafter, our tax rate in China will be phased in until ultimately reaching a rate of 25% in 2012.  During the years ended 
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we realized no tax benefits from the tax holiday due to taxable losses. 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. 

statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes as follows:  

December 31, 
2010

December 31, 
2009

December 31, 
2008

Provision/(benefit) computed using the statutory rate 

(34.0)% 

(34.0)% 

34.0% 

Increase (reduction) in taxes resulting from: 

State tax, net of federal benefit 
Foreign  
Valuation allowance/deferred impact 

    Compensation 
    Other 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes 

(0.1) 
6.9 
14.6 
2.6 
0.3
(9.7)%

0.1 
9.6 
23.1 
4.1 
         1.5
        4.4%

(0.1) 
6.5 
(21.6) 
2.7 
         0.7
        22.2%

In 2010, the benefit for income taxes was lower than what would be expected if the statutory rate were applied to 
pretax  income.    This  is  due  primarily  to  three  factors.    The  first  factor  is  the  continuation  of  reflecting  a  full  valuation 
allowance for our U.S, U.K. and China deferred tax assets, resulting generally in no recognition of a tax benefit for the losses
in 2010. The second factor is principally a result of our realization of a current tax benefit related to our election in 2010 to 
carry back the 2009 net operating loss to the prior five tax years.  This election resulted in us receiving a refund of alternative 
minimum taxes paid in the prior five years.  The third factor was that we realized a deferred tax benefit as a result of the 
reassessment  of  the  net  required  deferred  tax  liability.    This  reassessment  was  required  due  to  the  impairment  of  certain 
goodwill and other intangible assets for us in 2010.

In 2009, the provision for income taxes was higher than what would be expected if the statutory rate were applied to 
pretax income.  This is due to the continuation of reflecting a full valuation allowance for our U.S, U.K. and China deferred 
tax assets.   In 2008, the provision for income taxes was lower than what would be expected if the statutory rate were applied 
to pretax income.  This is due to the continuation of reflecting a full valuation allowance for our U.S. and U.K. deferred tax 
assets. 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes 

We  have  adopted  FASB’s  guidance  for  the  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes.  As  a  result  of  the 
implementation of this guidance, there was no cumulative effect adjustment for unrecognized tax benefits, which would 
have  been  accounted  for  as  an  adjustment  to  the  January  1,  2007  balance  of  retained  earnings.    We  have  recorded  no 
liability  for  income  taxes  associated  with  unrecognized  tax  benefits  at  the  date  of  adoption  and  have  not  recorded  any 
liability  associated  with  unrecognized  tax  benefits  during  2008,  2009  and  2010,  and  as  such,  have  not  recorded  any 
interest or penalty in regard to any unrecognized benefit.  Our policy regarding interest and/or penalties related to income 

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
tax  matters  is  to  recognize  such  items  as  a  component  of  income  tax  expense  (benefit).    It  is  possible  that  a  liability 
associated with our unrecognized tax benefits will increase or decrease within the next twelve months.   

As a result of our operations, we file income tax returns in various jurisdictions including U.S. federal, U.S. State 
and  foreign  jurisdictions.    We  are  routinely  subject  to  examination  by  taxing  authorities  in  these  various  jurisdictions.  
Our  U.S.  tax  matters  for  the  years  2005  through  2010  remain  subject  to  examination  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service 
(“IRS”).   Our U.S. tax matters for the years 2004 through 2010 remain subject to examination by various state and local 
tax  jurisdictions.    Our  tax  matters  for  the  years  2004  through  2010  remain  subject  to  examination  by  the  respective 
foreign tax jurisdiction authorities.  Our tax year 2009 U.S. federal income tax return is under examination by the IRS.  
Currently management believes the ultimate resolution of the 2009 examination will not result in any material effect to 
our financial position or results of operations. 

Note 9 - 401(k) Retirement Benefit Plan 

 We maintain a defined contribution 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees. Employees can contribute a 
portion  of  their  salary  or  wages  as  prescribed  under  Section  401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and,  subject  to  certain 
limitations,  we  may,  at  the  Board  of  Directors  discretion,  authorize  an  employer  contribution  based  on  a  portion  of  the 
employees'  contributions.    Effective  February  2004,  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  our  matching  of  employee 
contributions at the rate of 50% of the first 4% contributed by an employee, or a maximum of 2% of the employee's income.  
In November 2005, the employer match was suspended in an effort to conserve cash.  In October 2007, the employer match 
was  reinstated  at  the  rate  of  50%  of  the  first  4%  contributed  by  an  employee,  or  a  maximum  of  2%  of  the  employee’s 
income.  During the fourth quarter of 2009, the employer match was temporarily suspended in an effort to conserve cash and 
control  costs.    In  January  2010,  the  employer  match  was  reinstated  at  the  rate  of  50%  of  the  first  4%  contributed  by  an 
employee, or a maximum of 2% of the employee’s income.  For 2010, 2009, and 2008 we contributed $379, $333, and $363, 
respectively.

Note 10 - Business Segment Information 

Beginning  January  1,  2010,  we  now  report  our  results  in  three  operating  segments  instead  of  four:  Battery  & 
Energy Products; Communications Systems; and Energy Services.  This change in segment reporting is more consistent 
with  how  we  now  manage  our  business  operations.    The  Non-Rechargeable  Products  and  Rechargeable  Products 
segments have been combined into a single segment called Battery & Energy Products.  The Communications Systems 
segment  now  includes  our  RedBlack  Communications  business,  which  was  previously  included  in  the  Design  & 
Installation  Services  segment.    The  Design  &  Installation  Services  segment  has  been  renamed  Energy  Services  and 
encompassed  our  standby  power  and  wireless  businesses.  Research,  design  and  development  contract  revenues  and 
expenses, which were previously included in the Design & Installation Services segment, have been captured under the 
respective  operating  segment  in  which  the  work  is  performed.    Segment  information  previously  reported  has  been 
reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. 

The Battery & Energy Products segment includes: lithium 9-volt, cylindrical and various other non-rechargeable 
batteries,  in  addition  to  rechargeable  batteries,  uninterruptable  power  supplies  and  accessories,  such  as  cables.    The 
Communications  Systems  segment  includes:  power  supplies,  cable  and  connector  assemblies,  RF  amplifiers,  amplified 
speakers,  equipment  mounts,  case  equipment,  integrated  communication  system  kits,  charging  systems  and 
communications  and  electronics  systems  design. The  Energy  Services  segment  includes:  standby  power  and  systems 
design, installation and maintenance activities.  We look at our segment performance at the gross margin level, and we do 
not allocate research and development, except for research, design and development contracts as noted above, or selling, 
general  and  administrative  costs  against  the  segments.  All  other  items  that  do  not  specifically  relate  to  these  three 
segments and are not considered in the performance of the segments are considered to be Corporate charges.   

80

 
2010

Revenues 
Segment contribution 
Interest expense, net 
Miscellaneous 
Income taxes-current 
Income taxes-deferred 
Noncontrolling interest 
Net loss attributable 
   to Ultralife 
Total assets 
Capital expenditures 
Depreciation and 
   amortization 
Impairment of goodwill 
   and long-lived assets 
Stock-based 
   compensation 

2009

Revenues 
Segment contribution 
Interest expense, net 
Miscellaneous 
Income taxes-current 
Income taxes-deferred 
Noncontrolling interest 
Net loss attributable 
   to Ultralife 

Total assets 
Capital expenditures 
Depreciation and 
   amortization 
Stock-based 
   compensation 

2008

Revenues 
Segment contribution 
Interest expense, net 
Gain on debt conversion 
Miscellaneous 
Income taxes-current 
Income taxes-deferred 
Noncontrolling interest 
Net income attributable 
   to Ultralife 

Battery & 
Energy 
Products

$ 94,643 
21,653 

Communications 
Systems

$ 72,176 
25,003 

Energy 
Services 

$ 11,758 
(87)

Corporate
$            - 

(52,450) 
(1,169) 
171
555
115
30

51,747 
1,182

2,537

-

107

46,941 
195

115

-

7

Battery & 
Energy 
Products

$ 93,973 
17,479 

Communications 
Systems

$ 60,322 
17,830 

Total
$ 178,577 
(5,881) 
(1,169) 
171
555
115
30

(6,179) 
114,835 
1,815

5,350

6,184
54

211

9,963
384

2,487

13,793 

-

13,793 

20

943

1,077

Energy 
Services 

Corporate
$ 17,814  $            - 

1,551

(44,222) 
(1,465) 
(13)
(31)
(360)
(10)

Total
$ 172,109 
(7,362) 
(1,465) 
(13)
(31)
(360)
(10)

(9,241) 

46,976 
1,037

2,538

36

55,888 
164

18,341 
215

9,961
619

131,166 
2,035

189

-

170

18

2,830

5,727

1,276

1,330

Battery & 
Energy 
Products

$ 95,209 
15,271 

Communications 
Systems

Energy 
Services 

$ 148,170 
40,309 

$ 11,321 
1,363

Corporate
$            - 
(39,638) 
(930)
313
816
(582)
(3,297) 
38

Total
$ 254,700 
17,305 
(930)
313
816
(582)
(3,297) 
38

13,663 

81

Total assets 
Capital expenditures 
Depreciation and 
   amortization 
Stock-based 
   compensation 

Geographical Information

56,194 
2,781

2,785

148

46,774 
62

20,678 
74

68

-

89

40

5,941
870

3,028

2.078

129,587 
3,787

5,970

2,266

United Kingdom 
China 
Hong Kong 
India 
Europe,
excluding United 
Kingdom 
Japan 
Singapore 
Canada 
Australia 
Other 
Total Non-U.S. 

2010 
$19,507 
5.706
1,255
356

Revenues
2009 
$   8,765 
2,604
1,242
384

2008 
$  18,098 
2,357
844
115

Long-Lived Assets
2010 
$      515 
1,413
- 
65 

2009 
$     730 
1,479
- 
65 

2008 
1,085
1,808
- 
51 

11,665 
1,232
1,011
8,441
1,086
5,042
55,301 

9,390
1,190
362
5,339
1,193
3,604
34,073 

8,628
3,651
1,193
9,699
1,538
3,205
49,328 

-
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1,993

-
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
2,274

-
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
2,944 

United States 

123,276 

138,036 

205,372 

    12,492 

14,374 

15,521 

Total 

$178,577  $172,109  $254,700 

$14,485  $16,648   $18,465  

Long-lived assets represent the sum of the net book value of property, plant and equipment. 

Note 11 - Fire at Manufacturing Facility

In  November  2006,  we  experienced  a  fire  that  damaged  certain  inventory  and  property  at  our  facility  in  China, 
which began in a battery storage area.  Certain inventory and portions of buildings were damaged.  We believe we maintain 
adequate insurance coverage for this operation.  The total amount of the loss pertaining to assets and the related expenses 
was approximately $849.  The majority of the insurance claim is related to the recovery of damaged inventory.  In July 2007, 
we  received  approximately  $637  as  a  partial  payment  on  our  insurance  claim,  which  resulted  in  no  gain  or  loss  being 
recognized.    In  March  2008,  we  received  a  final  settlement  payment  of  $191,  which  offset  the  outstanding  receivable  of 
approximately $152 and resulted in a non-operating gain of approximately $39. 

Note 12 – Subsequent Events

On March 8, 2011, our senior management, as authorized by our Board of Directors, decided to exit our Energy 
Services business.   As a result of management’s ongoing review of our business segments and products, and taking into 
account the growth and profitability potential of the Energy Services segment as well as its sizeable operating losses over 
the  last  several  years,  we  determined  it  was  appropriate  to  refocus  our  operations  on  profitable  growth  opportunities 
presented in our other segments, Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems.  In the fourth quarter of 2010, 
we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $13,793 to write-off the goodwill and intangible assets and certain fixed 
assets associated with the standby power portion of our Energy Services business.  We anticipate that the actions taken to 
exit our Energy Services business will result in the elimination of approximately 40 jobs and the closing of five facilities, 
primarily in California, Florida and Texas, over several months.  We expect to complete all exit activities with respect to 
our Energy Services segment by the end of the third quarter.  Upon completion, we will reclassify our Energy Services 
segment as a discontinued operation. 

In connection with the exit activities described above, we expect that we will record total restructuring charges 
of approximately $3,200, the majority of which are related to employee-related costs, including termination benefits, lease 

82

 
 
 
 
 
termination costs and inventory and fixed asset write-downs, of which approximately $1,200 will be recorded in the first 
quarter of 2011.  The cash component of the aggregate charge is expected to be approximately $2,200. 

Note 13 - Selected Quarterly Information (unaudited) 

The following table presents reported net revenues, gross margin (net sales less cost of products sold), net income 
(loss) attributable to Ultralife and net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common share, basic and diluted, for each quarter
during the past two years: 

2010

Revenues 
Gross margin 
Net income (loss) attributable to 
   Ultralife 
Net income (loss) attributable to  
   Ultralife common shares - basic 
Net income (loss) attributable to  
   Ultralife common share - diluted 

2009

Revenues 
Gross margin 
Net income (loss) attributable to 
   Ultralife 
Net income (loss) attributable to  
   Ultralife common shares - basic 
Net income (loss) attributable to  
   Ultralife common share - diluted 

Quarter ended 

March 28, 

June 27, 

2010
$ 38,507 
9,758 

2010
$ 37,024 
9,420 

Sept 26,

2010
$ 53,281 
14,872 

Dec 31, 

2010
$ 49,765 
12,519 

Full

Year
$ 178,577 
46,569 

287   

20   

4,526   

(11,012)  

(6,179)

0.02 

0.02 

0.00 

0.00 

0.26 

(0.64) 

(0.36)

0.26 

(0.64) 

(0.36)

Quarter ended 

March 29, 

June 28, 

2009
$ 39,803 
7,781 

2009
$ 39,593 
6,780 

Sept 27,

2009
$ 42,363 
10,364 

Dec 31, 

2009
$ 50,350 
11,935 

Full

Year
$ 172,109 
36,860 

(2,512)   

(6,964)   

(605)   

840   

(9,241) 

(0.15) 

(0.41) 

(0.04) 

0.05 

(0.54) 

(0.15) 

(0.41) 

(0.04) 

0.05 

(0.54) 

 Our  monthly  closing  schedule  is  a  5/4/4  weekly-based  cycle  for  each  fiscal  quarter,  as  opposed  to  a  calendar 
month-based cycle for each fiscal quarter.   While  the actual  dates for the quarter-ends will change slightly  each  year, we 
believe that there are not any material differences when making quarterly comparisons. 

Quarterly and year-to-date computations of per share amounts are made independently; therefore, the sum of per 

share amounts for the quarters may not equal per share amounts for the year. 

ITEM 9. 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

None.

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation  Of  Disclosure  Controls  And  Procedures  –  Our  president  and  chief  executive  officer  (principal 
executive  officer)  and  our  chief  financial  officer  and  treasurer  (principal  financial  officer)  have  evaluated  our  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this 
annual report.  Based on this evaluation, our president and chief executive officer and chief financial officer and treasurer 
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date.  

83

 
 
 
Changes In Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting –There has been no change in the internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) that occurred during the fourth quarter of the 
fiscal  year  covered  by  this  annual  report  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the 
internal control over financial reporting.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting – Our management team is responsible 
for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.    Our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control systems, our internal control over financial reporting may not prevent 
or detect  misstatements.   Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future  periods are subject  to the risk that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or 
procedures may deteriorate.  

Our  management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31, 
2010.    In  making  this  assessment,  we  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.  Based on our assessment, we concluded that, 
as of December 31, 2010, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria. 

BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in 
this report, has issued a report on the operating effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.  A copy of the report 
follows: 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Ultralife Corporation 
Newark, New York 

We  have  audited  Ultralife  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2010,  based  on 
criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the  Treadway  Commission  (the  COSO  criteria).  Ultralife  Corporation’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining 
effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Item 9A – Controls and Procedures.” Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing 
and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also 
included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit 
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies 
and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded 
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, 
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management 
and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the  company’s  assets  that  could  have  a  material  effect  on  the  financial 
statements.  

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. 
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become 
inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may 
deteriorate.

84

In  our  opinion,  Ultralife  Corporation  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Ultralife  Corporation  as  of  December  31,  2010  and  2009,  and  the  related 
consolidated  statements  of  operations,  changes  in  shareholders’  equity  and  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income 
(loss), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 and our report dated March 15, 
2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

 /s/ BDO USA, LLP 

Troy, Michigan 
March 15, 2011 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

None.

85

PART III 

The information required by Part III, other than as set forth in Item 12, and each of the following items is omitted 
from  this  report  and  will  be  presented  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  (“Proxy  Statement”)  to  be  filed  pursuant  to 
Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, in connection with our 2011 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which information included therein is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The sections entitled "Election of Directors", "Executive Officers", "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting 

Compliance" and "Corporate Governance" in the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

The  sections  entitled  "Executive  Compensation",  “Directors’  Compensation”,  “Employment  Arrangements”  and 

"Compensation and Management Committee Report" in the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The  section  entitled  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners”  and  “Security  Ownership  of 

Management” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.   

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(a)

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(b)

Number of securities remaining 
available for future issuance under 
equity compensation plans 
(excluding securities reflected in 
column (a)) 
(c)

1,705,742 

$  9.55 

278,172 

98,000 

1,803,742 

12.85

$  9.73 

-

278,172 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation 
plans approved by 
security holders 

Equity compensation 
plans not approved by 
security holders 

Total 

See Note 7 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR

INDEPENDENCE

The  section  entitled  "Corporate  Governance  -  General"  in  the  Proxy  Statement  is  incorporated  herein  by 

reference. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES  

The  section  entitled  "Proposal  to  Ratify  the  Selection  of  Independent  Registered  Accounting  Firm  -  Principal 

Accountant Fees and Services" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

86

 
 
 
ITEM 15.       EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

(a)

Documents filed as part of this report:

1. Financial Statements

The  financial  statements  and  schedules  required  by  this  Item  15  are  set  forth  in  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this 

report. 

2.

 Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

See Item 15 (c) 

 (b) 

Exhibits. The following exhibits are filed as a part of this report:  

Exhibit 
Index

Description of Document 

Incorporated By Reference from: 

3.1

Restated Certificate of Incorporation 

3.2 

By-laws 

3.3 

Amendment to By-laws 

4.1 

Specimen Stock Certificate 

10.1* 

Technology Transfer Agreement 
relating to Lithium Batteries  

10.2* 

10.3* 

Technology Transfer Agreement 
relating to Lithium Batteries  
Amendment to the Agreement relating 
to rechargeable batteries  

10.4† 

Ultralife Batteries, Inc. 2000 Stock 
Option Plan 

10.5†

10.6

10.7 

10.8

Ultralife Batteries, Inc. Amended and 
Restated 2004 Long-Term Incentive 
Plan
Agreement on Transfer of Shares in 
ABLE New Energy Co., Limited dated 
January 25, 2006 
First Amendment to Agreement on 
Transfer of Shares in ABLE New 
Energy Co., Limited 
Agreement on Transfer of Equity 
Shares in ABLE New Energy Co., Ltd 
dated January 25, 2006 

87

Exhibit 3.1 of the Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008, filed March 13, 
2009 
Exhibit 3.2 of Registration Statement, No 
33-54470 (the “1992 Registration 
Statement”)  
Exhibit 3.3 of the Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2009, filed March 16, 
2010 
Exhibit 4.1 of the Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008, filed March 13, 
2009 
Exhibit 10.19 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on October 7, 1994, File 
No. 33-84888 (the “1994 Registration 
Statement”) 
Exhibit 10.20 of the 1994 Registration 
Statement 
Exhibit 10.24 of our Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended June 30, 1996 (this 
Exhibit may be found in SEC File No. 0-
20852) 
Exhibit 99.1 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed on May 15, 2001, File 
No. 333-60984 (the “2001 Registration 
Statement”) 
Exhibit 99.2 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed on July 26, 2004, File 
No. 333-117662 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 10-Q for the fiscal 
quarter ended April 1, 2006 (the “March 
2006 10-Q) 
Exhibit 10.2 of the March 2006 10-Q 

Exhibit 10.3 of the March 2006 10-Q 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.9† 

10.10 

10.11

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15† 

10.16† 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19† 

10.20† 

10.21† 

10.22† 

Amendment No. 1 to Ultralife 
Batteries, Inc. Amended and Restated 
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan 
Stock Purchase Agreement by and 
among Innovative Solutions 
Consulting, Inc., Michele A. Aloisio, 
Marc DeLaVergne, Thomas R. 
Knowlton, Kenneth J. Wood, W. 
Michael Cooper, and the Registrant, 
dated September 12, 2007 
Placement Agency Agreement dated 
November 8, 2007 by and between the 
Registrant and Stephens, Inc. 
Stock Purchase Agreement by and 
among Stationary Power Services, Inc., 
William Maher, and the Registrant 
dated October 30, 2007 
Subordinated Convertible Promissory 
Note with William Maher 

Stock Purchase Agreement by and 
among Reserve Power Systems, Inc., 
William Maher, Edward Bellamy, and 
the Registrant dated October 30, 2007 
Amendment No. 2 to Ultralife 
Batteries, Inc. Amended and Restated 
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan 
Amendment No. 3 to Ultralife 
Batteries, Inc. Amended and Restated 
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan 
Asset Purchase Agreement by and 
among U.S. Energy Systems, Inc., Ken 
Cotton, Shawn O’Connell, Simon 
Baitler, and the Registrant and 
Stationary Power Services, Inc. dated 
October 31, 2008 
Asset Purchase Agreement by and 
among U.S. Power Services, Inc., Ken 
Cotton, Shawn O’Connell, Simon 
Baitler, and the Registrant and 
Stationary Power Services, Inc. dated 
October 31, 2008 
Amendment to Employment 
Agreement between the Registrant and 
John D. Kavazanjian 
Amendment to Employment 
Agreement between the Registrant and 
William A. Schmitz 
Amendment to Employment 
Agreement between the Registrant and 
Robert W. Fishback 
Amendment to Employment 
Agreement between the Registrant and 
Peter F. Comerford 

88

Exhibit 99.3 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed August 18, 2006, File 
No. 333-136737 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 10-Q for the fiscal 
quarter ended September 29, 2007, filed 
November 7, 2007 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed 
November 9, 2007 

Exhibit 10.48 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2007, filed 
March 19, 2008 

Exhibit 10.49 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2007, filed 
March 19, 2008 
Exhibit 10.50 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2007, filed 
March 19, 2008 

Exhibit 99.4 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed November 13, 2008, File 
No. 333-155349 
Exhibit 99.5 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed November 13, 2008, File 
No. 333-155349 
Exhibit 10.34 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2008, filed 
March 13, 2009 

Exhibit 10.35 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2008, filed 
March 13, 2009 

Exhibit 10.36 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2008, filed 
March 13, 2009 
Exhibit 10.37 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2008, filed 
March 13, 2009 
Exhibit 10.38 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2008, filed 
March 13, 2009 
Exhibit 10.39 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2008, filed 
March 13, 2009 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26† 

10.27† 

10.28† 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

10.33 

10.34 

Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement dated as of January 27, 
2009, with the Lenders Party Hereto 
and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as 
Administrative Agent 
Amendment No.1 to the Stock 
Purchase Agreement by and among 
Innovative Solutions Consulting, Inc., 
Michele A. Aloisio, Marc DeLaVergne, 
Thomas R. Knowlton, Kenneth J. 
Wood, W. Michael Cooper, and the 
Registrant, dated September 12, 2007 
Amended and Restated Subordinated 
Promissory Note with William Maher 
effective March 28, 2009 
Employment Agreement between the 
Registrant and John D. Kavazanjian 
Employment Agreement between the 
Registrant and William A. Schmitz 
Employment Agreement between the 
Registrant and Peter F. Comerford 

Waiver and Amendment Number One 
to Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement as of June 28, 2009, with 
the Lenders Party Thereto and 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as 
Administrative Agent 
Forbearance and Amendment Number 
Two to Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement as of January 22, 2010, with 
the Lenders Party Thereto and 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as 
Administrative Agent  
Credit Agreement with RBS Business 
Capital, a division of RBS Asset 
Finance, Inc. dated as of February 17, 
2010 
Revolving Credit Note with RBS 
Business Capital, a division of RBS 
Asset Finance, Inc. dated as of 
February 17, 2010 
Form of Security Agreement between 
RBS Business Capital, a division of 
RBS Asset Finance, Inc.  and each of 
Ultralife Corporation, McDowell 
Research Co., Inc., RedBlack 
Communications, Inc. and Stationary 
Power Services, Inc. dated as of 
February 17, 2010 
Pledge and Security Agreement in 
favor of RBS Business Capital, a 
division of RBS Asset Finance, Inc. 
dated as of February 17, 2010 

89

Exhibit 99.1 of the Form 8-K filed on 
February 2, 2009 

Exhibit 99.1 of the Form 8-K filed on 
February 13, 2009 

Exhibit 10.3 of the Form 10-Q for the fiscal 
quarter ended March 29, 2009, filed May 7, 
2009 
Exhibit 99.1 of the Form 8-K filed on July 
9, 2009 
Exhibit 99.2 of the Form 8-K filed on July 
9, 2009 
Exhibit 10.30 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 
Exhibit 10.4 of the Form 10-Q for the fiscal 
quarter ended June 28, 2009, filed August 
10, 2009 

Exhibit 10.32 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 

Exhibit 10.33 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 

Exhibit 10.34 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 

Exhibit 10.35 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 

Exhibit 10.36 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 

10.35 

10.36 

10.37

10.38 

10.39† 

10.40† 

10.41 

21 
23.1 
31.1 
31.2 
32.1 

Negative Pledge – Real Property with 
RBS Business Capital, a division of 
RBS Asset Finance, Inc. dated as of 
February 17, 2010 
Patents Security Agreement with RBS 
Business Capital, a division of RBS 
Asset Finance, Inc. dated as of 
February 17, 2010 
Trademark Security Agreement with 
RBS Business Capital, a division of 
RBS Asset Finance, Inc. dated as of 
February 17, 2010 
Amendment No. 2 to the Asset 
Purchase Agreement dated October 31, 
2008 by and among U.S. Energy 
Systems, Inc., Ken Cotton, Shawn 
O’Connell, Simon Baitler, and the 
Registrant and Stationary Power 
Services, Inc. dated April 27, 2010 
Addendum to Employment Agreement 
between the Registrant and John D. 
Kavazanjian 
Employment Agreement between the 
Registrant and Michael D. Popielec 
dated December 6, 2010 
First Amendment to Credit Agreement 
with RBS Business Capital, a division 
of RBS Asset Finance, Inc. dated as of 
February 17, 2010 
Subsidiaries 
Consent of BDO USA, LLP 
CEO 302 Certifications 
CFO 302 Certifications 
906 Certifications 

Exhibit 10.37 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 

Exhibit 10.38 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 

Exhibit 10.39 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 

Exhibit 10.9 of the Form 10-Q for the fiscal 
quarter ended March 28, 2010, filed May 7, 
2010 

Exhibit 99.1 of Form 8-K filed on May 27, 
2010 

Filed herewith 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on 
January 21, 2011 

Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 

*  Confidential treatment has been granted as to certain portions of this exhibit. 

†  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

90

 
(c)

Financial Statement Schedules. 

The following financial statement schedules of the Registrant are filed herewith: 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

Additions

Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Inventory reserves 
Warranty reserves 
Deferred tax valuation allowance 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Inventory reserves 
Warranty reserves 
Deferred tax valuation allowance 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Inventory reserves 
Warranty reserves 
Deferred tax valuation allowance 

Charged to 
Other 
Accounts

December 31, 
2009

Charged to 
Expense

Deductions
$          1,024  $       (216)  $           (7)  $         311 
586 
481 
(600) 

3,990 
1,182 
25,775 

387 
542 
(115) 

(10) 
- 
- 

Additions

Charged to 
Other 
Accounts

December 31, 
2008

Charged to 
Expense

Deductions
$          1,086  $          188  $         (42)  $         208 
- 
215 
(1,810) 

2,850 
1,010 
23,605 

1,123 
387 
360 

17 
- 
- 

December 31,
2010
$             490 
3,781 
1,243 
26,260 

December 31,
2009
$          1,024 
3,990 
1,182 
25,775 

Additions

Charged to 
Other 
Accounts

December 31, 
2007

Charged to 
Expense
$             485  $          675  $         (11) 
(65) 
- 
- 

2,333 
501 
27,149 

619 
921 
3,297 

Deductions

December 31,
2008

$         63  $          1,086 
2,850 
1,010 
23,605 

37 
412 
6,841 

91

 
      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date:  March 15, 2011 

ULTRALIFE CORPORATION 

By: /s/ Michael D. Popielec 
Michael D. Popielec 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

      Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 
following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Date: March 15, 2011 

Date: March 15, 2011 

Date: March 15, 2011 

Date: March 15, 2011 

Date: March 15, 2011 

Date: March 15, 2011 

Date: March 15, 2011 

Date: March 15, 2011 

Date: March 15, 2011 

/s/ Michael D. Popielec 
Michael D. Popielec 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Philip A. Fain                           
Philip A. Fain 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 
 (Principal Financial Officer and  

Principal Accounting Officer) 

 /s/ Steven M. Anderson                               
Steven M. Anderson (Director) 

/s/ Patricia C. Barron                                
Patricia C. Barron (Director) 

/s/ James A. Croce                                
James A. Croce (Director) 

/s/ Thomas L. Saeli                              
Thomas L. Saeli (Director) 

/s/ Robert W. Shaw II                           
Robert W. Shaw II (Director) 

/s/ Ranjit C. Singh 
Ranjit C. Singh (Director)  

/s/ Bradford T. Whitmore                                                  
Bradford T. Whitmore (Director)  

92

                                                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
                                             
 
 
 
                                             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUBSIDIARIES 

Exhibit 21 

We have a 100% ownership interest in Ultralife Batteries (UK) Ltd., incorporated in the United Kingdom. 

We have a 100% ownership interest in ABLE New Energy Co., Limited, incorporated in Hong Kong, which has a 100% 
interest ownership in ABLE New Energy Co., Ltd, incorporated in the People’s Republic of China. 

We have a 100% ownership interest in McDowell Research Co., Inc., incorporated in Delaware. 

We have a 100% ownership interest in RedBlack Communications, Inc., incorporated in Maryland. 

We have a 100% ownership interest in Ultralife Energy Services Corporation (formerly Stationary Power Services, Inc.) 
incorporated in Florida.  

We have a 51% ownership interest in Ultralife Batteries India Private Limited, incorporated in India.  

93

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We  hereby  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration  Statements  on  Forms  S-3  (Nos.  333-67808, 
333-90984, 333-110426 and 333-136742) and Forms S-8 (Nos. 333-31930, 333-60984, 333-114271, 333-117662, 333-
136737,  333-136738,  333-155347  and  333-155349)  of  Ultralife  Corporation  of  our  reports  dated  March  15,  2011 
relating  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  schedule,  and  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Troy, Michigan 
March 15, 2011 

94

I, Michael D. Popielec, certify that: 

Exhibit 31.1

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Ultralife Corporation; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and 
have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented 
in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as 
of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in 
the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially 
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s 
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 
significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 15, 2011 

/s/ Michael D. Popielec                          
Michael D. Popielec,  
President and Chief Executive Officer 

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Philip A. Fain, certify that: 

Exhibit 31.2

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Ultralife Corporation; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and 
have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented 
in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as 
of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in 
the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially 
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s 
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 
significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 15, 2011 

/s/ Philip A. Fain   
Philip A. Fain, 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

96

 
 
 
 
                          
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 1350 Certification 

Exhibit 32.1

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”), 
Michael  D.  Popielec  and  Philip  A.  Fain,  the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  and 
Treasurer,  respectively,  of  Ultralife  Corporation,  certify  that  (i)  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2010 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
and (ii) the information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of Ultralife Corporation. 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Ultralife Corporation and will be 
retained by Ultralife Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

Date: March 15, 2011 

Date: March 15, 2011 

/s/ Michael D. Popielec                           
Michael D. Popielec, 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Philip A. Fain   
Philip A. Fain, 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

97

 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE & SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 

Board of Directors 

Bradford T. Whitmore 

Board Chair, Managing Partner, Grace Brothers, Ltd. 

Steven M. Anderson 

Brigadier General (Ret.) U.S. Army; Senior Vice President, 
Relyant  LLC 
,

Patricia C. Barron 

James A. Croce 

Retired Clinical Associate Professor at the Leonard N. Stern School 
of Business of New York University 

President and Chief Executive Officer, Nevada Institute for 
Renewable Energy Commercialization 

Michael D. Popielec 

President and Chief Executive Officer, Ultralife Corporation 

Thomas L. Saeli 

Chief Executive Officer, JRB Enterprises, Inc. 

Robert W. Shaw II 

President, Hornblower Yachts, Inc. 

Ranjit C. Singh 

Chief Executive Officer, CSR Consulting Group 

Corporate Officers 

Michael D. Popielec 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

Peter F. Comerford 

Vice President of Administration, Secretary and General Counsel 

Philip A. Fain 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

Patrick R. Hanna, Jr. 

Vice President, Corporate Compliance Officer 

Stock Exchange Listing 
NASDAQ 

Stock Symbol 
ULBI 

Stock Transfer Agent 
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 
59 Maiden Lane 
Plaza Level 
New York, NY 10038-4502 

Annual Meeting 
June 7, 2011 
10:30 a.m. Eastern Time 
Ultralife Corporation 
Corporate Headquarters 
2000 Technology Parkway 
Newark, NY 14513 

Form 10-K 
Shareholders may obtain a copy of our Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2010 by going to the Investor 
Info page at www.ultralifecorp.com or by 
calling us at 1-315-332-7100.  This information 
is also available at no charge by sending a 
request to Shareholder Services at the 
following address: 

Ultralife Corporation 
2000 Technology Parkway 
Newark, NY 14513